40%OFFCode JMU
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$800,079,170paid to traders
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$800,079,170paid to traders
Futures Prop Firm Rule Radar
Every night Rule Radar archives the help center of every futures prop firm on the price list and shows exactly what changed: which page, which line, dated, before and after. Payout terms, consistency rules, drawdown math, activation fees: firms rewrite these without an announcement, and this is where you catch it. Updated pages open to the exact wording that changed, every article keeps a full version history you can compare, and a plain-English line on each row says what happened. Nothing here is written by the firms. It is their own help center, read every day and kept. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
Trading perpetuals instead? See the Perps Rule Radar ›
Reading the radar
Updates onlyrule edits on their own; New pages and Removed are one click away
Before and afterwhat the page said, side by side, changed words marked
Version historyevery archived copy of an article, pick any two and compare
Starredthe changes I think matter most, pinned at the top
Starred changes
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountTrailing Drawdown for $50,000 account changed from $2,250 to $2,000; table formatting reformatted for readability.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum AccountTrailing Drawdown values changed for $50,000, $100,000, and $150,000 accounts; EOD Drawdown values also changed for those tiers.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts | Goat Funded Futures FAQDefault profit split changed from 90/10 to 80/20; optional 90/10 add-on now available for additional cost.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− The 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge is a one-phase evaluation built for faster payouts. It uses end of day trailing drawdown, pays 90/10 from dollar one, and has no consistency rule during the evaluation.
Key benefits
- No time limit to pass the evaluation
- No consistency rule during the evaluation, so you can trade with full flexibility
Section: Key benefits
− - 90/10 profit split from dollar one, with nothing to add on
- Payouts every 5 winning days
- Drawdown lock, so the trailing drawdown stops moving once your balance reaches your starting balance
- $0 activation fee, so your funded account is activated at no extra cost
Pricing and targets
| 1-Day-Pass-Plan 25K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 100K | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Price | $79 (from $158) | $109 (from $218) | $179 (from $358) |
| Profit target | $1,500 (6%) | $3,000 (6%) | $6,000 (6%) |
| Reset price | $69 | $99 | $159 |
| Activation fee | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Time limit | None | None | None |
Two resets are available per challenge. You can hold up to 5 funded accounts.
How to pass
| Account size | Max contracts |
|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| 100K | 6 mini / 60 micro |
Consistency rule
- Evaluation: none. Trade however you like.
- Funded: no single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profit during a payout period.
Example on a 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K. You make $1,750 in one trading day on your funded account. Your total profit for that period needs to reach at least $5,000 before you can request a payout, which puts your best day at 35% of the total.
If you go over the threshold: your account is not terminated. You simply cannot request a payout until your highest profit day falls back to the threshold or below. Keep trading and building profit until it does, then you are eligible again.
Payouts
- Eligibility: every 5 winning days. A winning day is a net profit of at least 0.2% of your starting balance, so $100 on a 50K.
- Request window: payout requests are submitted through your dashboard between the 5th and 8th, or the 20th and 23rd, of each month.
Section: Payouts
− - Profit split: 90/10 from dollar one. There is nothing to buy and no add-on.
- Minimum request: $500, across all account sizes.
- Maximum request: 50% of your available profit, capped by account size and payout number. The cap rises as you build a track record.
| Payout | 25K | 50K | 100K |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1st | $800 | $1,500 | $2,500 |
| 2nd | $1,000 | $1,750 | $3,000 |
| 3rd | $1,200 | $2,000 | $3,500 |
| 4th and later | $1,500 | $2,500 | $4,500 |
The remaining 50% of your profit stays in the account and supports your equity into the next payout cycle.
What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
Less than you might expect. One rule genuinely changes:
- The consistency rule starts applying. There is none during the evaluation. On a funded account, no single day may be more than 35% of your total profit for the payout period.
Everything else carries over unchanged: the end of day trailing drawdown and its lock, your maximum drawdown amount, the daily loss limit and its percentages, contract limits, news trading rules, overnight and weekend holding, and the microscalping rule.
Section: What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
− Payout rules apply from this point too, since there are no payouts during an evaluation: 90/10 from dollar one, payouts every 5 winning days, and 50% of your available profit per request with the rest staying in the account.
Why does 1-Day-Pass-Plan cost more than EOD?
A 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K is $109 against $69 for an EOD 50K. What the extra buys:
- No consistency rule during the evaluation. EOD applies a 50% rule throughout.
- Faster payouts. 5 winning days instead of 7.
− - 90/10 from dollar one. EOD is 80/20 by default and charges extra for the 90/10 add-on.
- A more forgiving funded consistency rule. 35% on 1-Day-Pass-Plan against 30% on EOD, so a bigger single day is allowed.
- A 25K entry size, which EOD does not offer.
Two tradeoffs worth knowing before you choose:
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan applies a daily loss limit during the evaluation. EOD does not.
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan tops out at 100K. EOD goes to 150K.
News trading
- Evaluation: no restrictions.
- Funded: a 2 minute buffer applies around high impact news events. You cannot open, close, or trigger pending orders within 2 minutes before or after a scheduled release. Positions opened before the window began may be held through the event.
Overnight and weekend holding
- Overnight holding is not permitted. Any position still open is closed automatically at 15:55 CT, five minutes before the session ends.
- Weekend holding is not permitted.
Microscalping
After
+ The 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge is a one-phase evaluation built for faster payouts. It uses end of day trailing drawdown, pays 80/20 by default, and has no consistency rule during the evaluation.
Key benefits
- No time limit to pass the evaluation
- No consistency rule during the evaluation, so you can trade with full flexibility
Section: Key benefits
+ - 80/20 profit split, with an optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On for an extra 20% of the challenge price
- Payouts every 5 winning days
- Drawdown lock, so the trailing drawdown stops moving once your balance reaches your starting balance
- $0 activation fee, so your funded account is activated at no extra cost
Pricing and targets
| 1-Day-Pass-Plan 25K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 100K | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Price | $79 (from $158) | $109 (from $218) | $179 (from $358) |
| Profit target | $1,500 (6%) | $3,000 (6%) | $6,000 (6%) |
| Reset price | $69 | $99 | $159 |
| Activation fee | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Time limit | None | None | None |
Two resets are available per challenge. You can hold up to 5 funded accounts.
How to pass
| Account size | Max contracts |
|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| 100K | 6 mini / 60 micro |
Consistency rule
- Evaluation: none. Trade however you like.
- Funded: no single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profit during a payout period.
Example on a 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K. You make $1,750 in one trading day on your funded account. Your total profit for that period needs to reach at least $5,000 before you can request a payout, which puts your best day at 35% of the total.
If you go over the threshold: your account is not terminated. You simply cannot request a payout until your highest profit day falls back to the threshold or below. Keep trading and building profit until it does, then you are eligible again.
Payouts
- Eligibility: every 5 winning days. A winning day is a net profit of at least 0.2% of your starting balance, so $100 on a 50K.
- Request window: payout requests are submitted through your dashboard between the 5th and 8th, or the 20th and 23rd, of each month.
Section: Payouts
+ - Profit split: 80/20 by default. You can add the optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On at checkout for an extra 20% of the challenge price, which is +$15.80 on 25K, +$21.80 on 50K and +$35.80 on 100K.
- Minimum request: $500, across all account sizes.
- Maximum request: 50% of your available profit, capped by account size and payout number. The cap rises as you build a track record.
| Payout | 25K | 50K | 100K |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1st | $800 | $1,500 | $2,500 |
| 2nd | $1,000 | $1,750 | $3,000 |
| 3rd | $1,200 | $2,000 | $3,500 |
| 4th and later | $1,500 | $2,500 | $4,500 |
The remaining 50% of your profit stays in the account and supports your equity into the next payout cycle.
What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
Less than you might expect. One rule genuinely changes:
- The consistency rule starts applying. There is none during the evaluation. On a funded account, no single day may be more than 35% of your total profit for the payout period.
Everything else carries over unchanged: the end of day trailing drawdown and its lock, your maximum drawdown amount, the daily loss limit and its percentages, contract limits, news trading rules, overnight and weekend holding, and the microscalping rule.
Section: What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
+ Payout rules apply from this point too, since there are no payouts during an evaluation: 80/20 by default, payouts every 5 winning days, and 50% of your available profit per request with the rest staying in the account.
+ If you bought the 90/10 Profit Share Add-On with your challenge, it carries over automatically. There is nothing to re-purchase. Since there are no payouts during an evaluation, the add-on only affects what you take home once you are funded.
Why does 1-Day-Pass-Plan cost more than EOD?
A 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K is $109 against $69 for an EOD 50K. What the extra buys:
- No consistency rule during the evaluation. EOD applies a 50% rule throughout.
- Faster payouts. 5 winning days instead of 7.
- A more forgiving funded consistency rule. 35% on 1-Day-Pass-Plan against 30% on EOD, so a bigger single day is allowed.
- A 25K entry size, which EOD does not offer.
Two tradeoffs worth knowing before you choose:
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan applies a daily loss limit during the evaluation. EOD does not.
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan tops out at 100K. EOD goes to 150K.
News trading
- Evaluation: no restrictions.
- Funded: a 2 minute buffer applies around high impact news events. You cannot open, close, or trigger pending orders within 2 minutes before or after a scheduled release. Positions opened before the window began may be held through the event.
Overnight and weekend holding
- Overnight holding is not permitted. Any position still open is closed automatically at 15:55 CT, five minutes before the session ends.
- Weekend holding is not permitted.
Microscalping
− The 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge is a one-phase evaluation built for faster payouts. It uses end of day trailing drawdown, pays 90/10 from dollar one, and has no consistency rule during the evaluation.
+ The 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge is a one-phase evaluation built for faster payouts. It uses end of day trailing drawdown, pays 80/20 by default, and has no consistency rule during the evaluation.
Key benefits
- No time limit to pass the evaluation
- No consistency rule during the evaluation, so you can trade with full flexibility
Section: Key benefits
− - 90/10 profit split from dollar one, with nothing to add on
+ - 80/20 profit split, with an optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On for an extra 20% of the challenge price
- Payouts every 5 winning days
- Drawdown lock, so the trailing drawdown stops moving once your balance reaches your starting balance
- $0 activation fee, so your funded account is activated at no extra cost
Pricing and targets
| 1-Day-Pass-Plan 25K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K | 1-Day-Pass-Plan 100K | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Price | $79 (from $158) | $109 (from $218) | $179 (from $358) |
| Profit target | $1,500 (6%) | $3,000 (6%) | $6,000 (6%) |
| Reset price | $69 | $99 | $159 |
| Activation fee | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Time limit | None | None | None |
Two resets are available per challenge. You can hold up to 5 funded accounts.
How to pass
| Account size | Max contracts |
|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| 100K | 6 mini / 60 micro |
Consistency rule
- Evaluation: none. Trade however you like.
- Funded: no single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profit during a payout period.
Example on a 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K. You make $1,750 in one trading day on your funded account. Your total profit for that period needs to reach at least $5,000 before you can request a payout, which puts your best day at 35% of the total.
If you go over the threshold: your account is not terminated. You simply cannot request a payout until your highest profit day falls back to the threshold or below. Keep trading and building profit until it does, then you are eligible again.
Payouts
- Eligibility: every 5 winning days. A winning day is a net profit of at least 0.2% of your starting balance, so $100 on a 50K.
- Request window: payout requests are submitted through your dashboard between the 5th and 8th, or the 20th and 23rd, of each month.
Section: Payouts
− - Profit split: 90/10 from dollar one. There is nothing to buy and no add-on.
+ - Profit split: 80/20 by default. You can add the optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On at checkout for an extra 20% of the challenge price, which is +$15.80 on 25K, +$21.80 on 50K and +$35.80 on 100K.
- Minimum request: $500, across all account sizes.
- Maximum request: 50% of your available profit, capped by account size and payout number. The cap rises as you build a track record.
| Payout | 25K | 50K | 100K |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1st | $800 | $1,500 | $2,500 |
| 2nd | $1,000 | $1,750 | $3,000 |
| 3rd | $1,200 | $2,000 | $3,500 |
| 4th and later | $1,500 | $2,500 | $4,500 |
The remaining 50% of your profit stays in the account and supports your equity into the next payout cycle.
What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
Less than you might expect. One rule genuinely changes:
- The consistency rule starts applying. There is none during the evaluation. On a funded account, no single day may be more than 35% of your total profit for the payout period.
Everything else carries over unchanged: the end of day trailing drawdown and its lock, your maximum drawdown amount, the daily loss limit and its percentages, contract limits, news trading rules, overnight and weekend holding, and the microscalping rule.
Section: What changes when you move from evaluation to funded
− Payout rules apply from this point too, since there are no payouts during an evaluation: 90/10 from dollar one, payouts every 5 winning days, and 50% of your available profit per request with the rest staying in the account.
+ Payout rules apply from this point too, since there are no payouts during an evaluation: 80/20 by default, payouts every 5 winning days, and 50% of your available profit per request with the rest staying in the account.
+ If you bought the 90/10 Profit Share Add-On with your challenge, it carries over automatically. There is nothing to re-purchase. Since there are no payouts during an evaluation, the add-on only affects what you take home once you are funded.
Why does 1-Day-Pass-Plan cost more than EOD?
A 1-Day-Pass-Plan 50K is $109 against $69 for an EOD 50K. What the extra buys:
- No consistency rule during the evaluation. EOD applies a 50% rule throughout.
- Faster payouts. 5 winning days instead of 7.
− - 90/10 from dollar one. EOD is 80/20 by default and charges extra for the 90/10 add-on.
- A more forgiving funded consistency rule. 35% on 1-Day-Pass-Plan against 30% on EOD, so a bigger single day is allowed.
- A 25K entry size, which EOD does not offer.
Two tradeoffs worth knowing before you choose:
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan applies a daily loss limit during the evaluation. EOD does not.
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan tops out at 100K. EOD goes to 150K.
News trading
- Evaluation: no restrictions.
- Funded: a 2 minute buffer applies around high impact news events. You cannot open, close, or trigger pending orders within 2 minutes before or after a scheduled release. Positions opened before the window began may be held through the event.
Overnight and weekend holding
- Overnight holding is not permitted. Any position still open is closed automatically at 15:55 CT, five minutes before the session ends.
- Weekend holding is not permitted.
Microscalping
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size? | Goat Funded Futures FAQProfit Split default changed from 90/10 to 80/20; 90/10 now optional add-on. Upgrade eligibility expanded to include EOD and 1-Day-Pass-Plan products.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A fast-paced one-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown and faster payout eligibility.
Rules (All Sizes)
• Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
• Profit Target: 6%
• Drawdown Type: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (locks at starting balance)
• Daily Drawdown (Challenge):
• 25K — 2.4%
• 50K — 2%
• 100K — 2%
• Daily Drawdown (Funded): 25K — 2.4%, 50K — 2%, 100K — 2% (Soft Pause)
• Consistency Rule (Challenge): None
• Consistency Rule (Funded): 35%
Section: Rules (All Sizes)
− • Profit Split: 90/10 from dollar one
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $79 | 1 / 10 | 4% ($1,000) | $69 |
| $50,000 | $109 | 5 / 50 | 4% ($2,000) | $99 |
| $100,000 | $179 | 7 / 70 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
Instant Classic
Skip the evaluation and start trading a funded account immediately.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: Instant Classic (No Evaluation Phase)
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Payout Request: 50% per cycle (remaining profit stays in the account as buffer)
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
• Microscalping rule: not applicable
• 1 minute rule: applies, see the holding time article
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $109 | 3 / 30 | 4% ($2,000) | $94 |
| $100,000 | $169 | 5 / 50 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
| $150,000 | $309 | 8 / 80 | 3% ($4,500) | $299 |
Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
Section: Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
− Traders may upgrade their Flex Challenge purchase to a 90/10 profit split for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days.
Note: For Flex accounts, the minimum profit required for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Challenge Phase: Allowed
- Funded Phase: Restricted — 2-minute buffer before and after high-impact news events
Platforms
After
A fast-paced one-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown and faster payout eligibility.
Rules (All Sizes)
• Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
• Profit Target: 6%
• Drawdown Type: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (locks at starting balance)
• Daily Drawdown (Challenge):
• 25K — 2.4%
• 50K — 2%
• 100K — 2%
• Daily Drawdown (Funded): 25K — 2.4%, 50K — 2%, 100K — 2% (Soft Pause)
• Consistency Rule (Challenge): None
• Consistency Rule (Funded): 35%
Section: Rules (All Sizes)
+ • Profit Split: 80/20 by default, with an optional 90/10 add-on
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $79 | 1 / 10 | 4% ($1,000) | $69 |
| $50,000 | $109 | 5 / 50 | 4% ($2,000) | $99 |
| $100,000 | $179 | 7 / 70 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
Instant Classic
Skip the evaluation and start trading a funded account immediately.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: Instant Classic (No Evaluation Phase)
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Payout Request: 50% per cycle (remaining profit stays in the account as buffer)
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
• Microscalping rule: not applicable
• 1 minute rule: applies, see the holding time article
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $109 | 3 / 30 | 4% ($2,000) | $94 |
| $100,000 | $169 | 5 / 50 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
| $150,000 | $309 | 8 / 80 | 3% ($4,500) | $299 |
Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
Section: Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
+ Traders may upgrade an EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan or Flex Challenge purchase to a 90/10 profit split for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days.
Note: For Flex accounts, the minimum profit required for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Challenge Phase: Allowed
- Funded Phase: Restricted — 2-minute buffer before and after high-impact news events
Platforms
A fast-paced one-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown and faster payout eligibility.
Rules (All Sizes)
• Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
• Profit Target: 6%
• Drawdown Type: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (locks at starting balance)
• Daily Drawdown (Challenge):
• 25K — 2.4%
• 50K — 2%
• 100K — 2%
• Daily Drawdown (Funded): 25K — 2.4%, 50K — 2%, 100K — 2% (Soft Pause)
• Consistency Rule (Challenge): None
• Consistency Rule (Funded): 35%
Section: Rules (All Sizes)
− • Profit Split: 90/10 from dollar one
+ • Profit Split: 80/20 by default, with an optional 90/10 add-on
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $79 | 1 / 10 | 4% ($1,000) | $69 |
| $50,000 | $109 | 5 / 50 | 4% ($2,000) | $99 |
| $100,000 | $179 | 7 / 70 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
Instant Classic
Skip the evaluation and start trading a funded account immediately.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: Instant Classic (No Evaluation Phase)
• Activation Fee: None
• Minimum Payout: $500
• Max Payout Request: 50% per cycle (remaining profit stays in the account as buffer)
• Max Funded Accounts: 5
• Microscalping rule: not applicable
• 1 minute rule: applies, see the holding time article
Account Sizes
| Account Size | Price | Max Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Max Drawdown | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $109 | 3 / 30 | 4% ($2,000) | $94 |
| $100,000 | $169 | 5 / 50 | 3% ($3,000) | $159 |
| $150,000 | $309 | 8 / 80 | 3% ($4,500) | $299 |
Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
Section: Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On
− Traders may upgrade their Flex Challenge purchase to a 90/10 profit split for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
+ Traders may upgrade an EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan or Flex Challenge purchase to a 90/10 profit split for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days.
Note: For Flex accounts, the minimum profit required for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Challenge Phase: Allowed
- Funded Phase: Restricted — 2-minute buffer before and after high-impact news events
Platforms
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · What is the difference between EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Instant Classic and Flex? | Goat Funded Futures FAQ'sProfit Split for the Funded account changed from 90/10 from dollar one to 80/20 with optional 90/10 add-on.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We offer four paths to funding, each with different rules and trading mechanics.
Here's a comparison at a glance based on the 50K account:
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Drawdown Type | Trailing EOD | Trailing EOD | Trailing Intraday | Trailing EOD |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 (4%) | $2,000 (4%) | $2,500 (5%) | $2,000 (4%) |
| Daily Loss Limit (Eval) | None | 25K: 2.4%50K: 2%100K: 2% | N/A | None |
| Daily Loss Limit (Funded) | $1,250 | $1,000 (Soft Pause) | $1,500 (3%) | None |
| Consistency (Eval) | 50% | None | N/A | 50% |
| Consistency (Funded) | 30% | 35% | 20% | None |
−
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 (up to 90/10 with add-on) | 90/10 from dollar one | 100% first $10K, then 90/10 | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) |
| Winning Days to Payout | 7 | 5 | 7 (minimum 10 calendar days for first payout) | 5 |
| Overnight Holding | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted |
| Reset | Two resets available | Two resets available | Not available | Two resets available |
Flex Challenge Notes
• Default profit split: 80/20
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price
• No microscalping rule. The 1 minute rule applies instead, see the holding time article
• Drawdown varies by account size:
- Flex 50K → $2,000 (4%)
- Flex 100K → $3,000 (3%)
- Flex 150K → $4,500 (3%)
What all plans have in common:
After
We offer four paths to funding, each with different rules and trading mechanics.
Here's a comparison at a glance based on the 50K account:
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Drawdown Type | Trailing EOD | Trailing EOD | Trailing Intraday | Trailing EOD |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 (4%) | $2,000 (4%) | $2,500 (5%) | $2,000 (4%) |
| Daily Loss Limit (Eval) | None | 25K: 2.4%50K: 2%100K: 2% | N/A | None |
| Daily Loss Limit (Funded) | $1,250 | $1,000 (Soft Pause) | $1,500 (3%) | None |
| Consistency (Eval) | 50% | None | N/A | 50% |
| Consistency (Funded) | 30% | 35% | 20% | None |
+
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 (up to 90/10 with add-on) | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) | 100% first $10K, then 90/10 | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) |
| Winning Days to Payout | 7 | 5 | 7 (minimum 10 calendar days for first payout) | 5 |
| Overnight Holding | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted |
| Reset | Two resets available | Two resets available | Not available | Two resets available |
Flex Challenge Notes
• Default profit split: 80/20
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price
• No microscalping rule. The 1 minute rule applies instead, see the holding time article
• Drawdown varies by account size:
- Flex 50K → $2,000 (4%)
- Flex 100K → $3,000 (3%)
- Flex 150K → $4,500 (3%)
What all plans have in common:
We offer four paths to funding, each with different rules and trading mechanics.
Here's a comparison at a glance based on the 50K account:
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Drawdown Type | Trailing EOD | Trailing EOD | Trailing Intraday | Trailing EOD |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 (4%) | $2,000 (4%) | $2,500 (5%) | $2,000 (4%) |
| Daily Loss Limit (Eval) | None | 25K: 2.4%50K: 2%100K: 2% | N/A | None |
| Daily Loss Limit (Funded) | $1,250 | $1,000 (Soft Pause) | $1,500 (3%) | None |
| Consistency (Eval) | 50% | None | N/A | 50% |
| Consistency (Funded) | 30% | 35% | 20% | None |
−
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 (up to 90/10 with add-on) | 90/10 from dollar one | 100% first $10K, then 90/10 | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) |
+
| EOD Challenge | 1-Day-Pass-Plan Challenge | Instant Classic Challenge | Flex Challenge | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Split | 80/20 (up to 90/10 with add-on) | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) | 100% first $10K, then 90/10 | 80/20 (Optional 90/10 Add-On) |
| Winning Days to Payout | 7 | 5 | 7 (minimum 10 calendar days for first payout) | 5 |
| Overnight Holding | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted | Not permitted |
| Reset | Two resets available | Two resets available | Not available | Two resets available |
Flex Challenge Notes
• Default profit split: 80/20
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price
• No microscalping rule. The 1 minute rule applies instead, see the holding time article
• Drawdown varies by account size:
- Flex 50K → $2,000 (4%)
- Flex 100K → $3,000 (3%)
- Flex 150K → $4,500 (3%)
What all plans have in common:
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · What plans do you offer? | Goat Funded Futures FAQ1-Day-Pass-Plan profit split changed from 90/10 to 80/20 with optional 90/10 add-on available.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We offer four products:
1. EOD Challenge — Evaluation with End-of-Day trailing drawdown. Best for traders who want the most forgiving drawdown and the ability to manage intraday swings freely. 50K/100K/150K.
− 2. 1-Day-Pass-Plan — One-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown. A Daily Loss Limit applies during both the Challenge and Funded phases, funded accounts use a Soft Pause mechanism, profit split is 90/10 from dollar one, and payout eligibility is after 5 winning days. Available in 25K / 50K / 100K account sizes.
3. Instant Classic — No evaluation required. Start trading a funded account immediately. Higher fee but no challenge to pass. 25K/50K/100K/150K.
4. Flex Challenge — One-step evaluation designed for traders who want maximum flexibility.
Key Features:
• No time limit to pass.
• No daily loss limit during evaluation.
• No daily loss limit on funded accounts.
• The 1 minute rule applies, see the holding time article.
• End-of-Day trailing drawdown.
• 80/20 profit split by default.
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
Available Sizes:
50K / 100K / 150K
After
We offer four products:
1. EOD Challenge — Evaluation with End-of-Day trailing drawdown. Best for traders who want the most forgiving drawdown and the ability to manage intraday swings freely. 50K/100K/150K.
+ 2. 1-Day-Pass-Plan — One-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown. A Daily Loss Limit applies during both the Challenge and Funded phases, funded accounts use a Soft Pause mechanism, the profit split is 80/20 with an optional 90/10 add-on, and payout eligibility is after 5 winning days. Available in 25K / 50K / 100K account sizes.
3. Instant Classic — No evaluation required. Start trading a funded account immediately. Higher fee but no challenge to pass. 25K/50K/100K/150K.
4. Flex Challenge — One-step evaluation designed for traders who want maximum flexibility.
Key Features:
• No time limit to pass.
• No daily loss limit during evaluation.
• No daily loss limit on funded accounts.
• The 1 minute rule applies, see the holding time article.
• End-of-Day trailing drawdown.
• 80/20 profit split by default.
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
Available Sizes:
50K / 100K / 150K
We offer four products:
1. EOD Challenge — Evaluation with End-of-Day trailing drawdown. Best for traders who want the most forgiving drawdown and the ability to manage intraday swings freely. 50K/100K/150K.
− 2. 1-Day-Pass-Plan — One-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown. A Daily Loss Limit applies during both the Challenge and Funded phases, funded accounts use a Soft Pause mechanism, profit split is 90/10 from dollar one, and payout eligibility is after 5 winning days. Available in 25K / 50K / 100K account sizes.
+ 2. 1-Day-Pass-Plan — One-phase evaluation with End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown. A Daily Loss Limit applies during both the Challenge and Funded phases, funded accounts use a Soft Pause mechanism, the profit split is 80/20 with an optional 90/10 add-on, and payout eligibility is after 5 winning days. Available in 25K / 50K / 100K account sizes.
3. Instant Classic — No evaluation required. Start trading a funded account immediately. Higher fee but no challenge to pass. 25K/50K/100K/150K.
4. Flex Challenge — One-step evaluation designed for traders who want maximum flexibility.
Key Features:
• No time limit to pass.
• No daily loss limit during evaluation.
• No daily loss limit on funded accounts.
• The 1 minute rule applies, see the holding time article.
• End-of-Day trailing drawdown.
• 80/20 profit split by default.
• Optional 90/10 Profit Share Add-On available for an additional 20% of the challenge price.
Available Sizes:
50K / 100K / 150K
OUnlistedOneUp Trader · What can we help you with today?Sep 3
OUnlistedOneUp Trader · What can we help you with today?US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026 removed; US Labor Day Holiday Trading Schedule 2026 added.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Featured Articles
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
− - US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026
- Most Popular Questions
- Rules Definitions
- Steps to getting funded
- How do I get started?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- How do I deactivate my trading account?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
Section: Featured Articles
No results found
After
Featured Articles
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
- Most Popular Questions
- Rules Definitions
- Steps to getting funded
- How do I get started?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- How do I deactivate my trading account?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
Section: Featured Articles
+ - US LABOR DAY HOLIDAY TRADING SCHEDULE 2026
No results found
Featured Articles
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
− - US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026
- Most Popular Questions
- Rules Definitions
- Steps to getting funded
- How do I get started?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- How do I deactivate my trading account?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
Section: Featured Articles
+ - US LABOR DAY HOLIDAY TRADING SCHEDULE 2026
No results found
OUnlistedOneUp Trader · What can we help you with today?Article section title changed from US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026 to US Labor Day Holiday Trading Schedule 2026.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
General Overview
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
Section: General Overview
− - US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026
- Getting Funded Process
- How does Express Funding work?
- Evaluation Rules & Parameters
- How do I get started?
- Most Popular Questions
- What are the account options?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
- Email Verification
- SMS Verification
- Do I have to provide capital to be funded?
No results found
After
General Overview
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
Section: General Overview
+ - US LABOR DAY HOLIDAY TRADING SCHEDULE 2026
- Getting Funded Process
- How does Express Funding work?
- Evaluation Rules & Parameters
- How do I get started?
- Most Popular Questions
- What are the account options?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
- Email Verification
- SMS Verification
- Do I have to provide capital to be funded?
No results found
General Overview
Get your OneUp Trader account set up in just 6 simple steps.
Section: General Overview
− - US Independence Day Holiday Schedule 2026
+ - US LABOR DAY HOLIDAY TRADING SCHEDULE 2026
- Getting Funded Process
- How does Express Funding work?
- Evaluation Rules & Parameters
- How do I get started?
- Most Popular Questions
- What are the account options?
- What are the rules of the Evaluation?
- Multiple Evaluation Accounts
- Email Verification
- SMS Verification
- Do I have to provide capital to be funded?
No results found
PremierDayTraders.com · Pro Account: Activation And Fees | DayTraders.com Help CenterDashboard tab renamed from "Signatures" to "Funded Accounts" in account activation instructions.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Activating Your Pro Account: Step-by-Step Guide
Once your evaluation account meets all the requirements, it will be marked as passed and eligible for a Pro Account. You will receive an email notification when this happens. You can also track your progress in the member dashboard under the "Eval Charts" section.
Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
- Log in to Your Account:
Visit our website and log in with your credentials.
Section: Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
− - Access the Signatures Tab:
− Navigate to the "Signatures" tab in your member dashboard.
- Sign the Pro Account Agreement:
- Click on the account number of the evaluation account that has passed.
- Enter all required information at the bottom of the agreement page.
- Ensure that all information is accurate before signing.
- Complete the Payment:
− - Return to the "Signatures" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $5 | $5 |
After
Activating Your Pro Account: Step-by-Step Guide
Once your evaluation account meets all the requirements, it will be marked as passed and eligible for a Pro Account. You will receive an email notification when this happens. You can also track your progress in the member dashboard under the "Eval Charts" section.
Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
- Log in to Your Account:
Visit our website and log in with your credentials.
Section: Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
+ - Access the "Funded Accounts" Tab:
+ Navigate to the "Funded Accounts" tab in your member dashboard.
- Sign the Pro Account Agreement:
- Click on the account number of the evaluation account that has passed.
- Enter all required information at the bottom of the agreement page.
- Ensure that all information is accurate before signing.
- Complete the Payment:
+ - Return to the "Funded Accounts" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $5 | $5 |
Activating Your Pro Account: Step-by-Step Guide
Once your evaluation account meets all the requirements, it will be marked as passed and eligible for a Pro Account. You will receive an email notification when this happens. You can also track your progress in the member dashboard under the "Eval Charts" section.
Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
- Log in to Your Account:
Visit our website and log in with your credentials.
Section: Steps to Activate Your Pro Account:
− - Access the Signatures Tab:
− Navigate to the "Signatures" tab in your member dashboard.
+ - Access the "Funded Accounts" Tab:
+ Navigate to the "Funded Accounts" tab in your member dashboard.
- Sign the Pro Account Agreement:
- Click on the account number of the evaluation account that has passed.
- Enter all required information at the bottom of the agreement page.
- Ensure that all information is accurate before signing.
- Complete the Payment:
− - Return to the "Signatures" page.
+ - Return to the "Funded Accounts" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $5 | $5 |
PremierDayTraders.com · EOD Account Rules | DayTraders.com Help CenterDaily loss limit consequence changed from immediate account termination to account pause for the day; activation fee reduced from $99 to $5.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
4. Minimum Daily Simulated Profit:
Each trading day must meet a minimum simulated profit threshold based on your account size. Days below this threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement. Simply continue trading until the requirements are met.
5. Daily Loss Limit:
Section: 5. Daily Loss Limit:
− Each account has a hard Daily Loss Limit. Breaching this limit on any day results in immediate account termination, regardless of your overall balance. Please note that if you have an open trade that causes you to hit your daily loss limit, the trade will automatically close.
6. Total Drawdown:
Your account must remain above the total drawdown threshold at all times.
7. Stop Trading After Passing:
Once your evaluation meets all requirements, stop trading immediately to avoid falling below the profit target, which could void your passed status.
8. EOD Account Limit:
You are limited to holding 5 EOD accounts at a time. This applies across all account sizes combined.
9. Account Status:
If you reach the profit goal before completing the minimum 2 qualifying days, ensure your account balance remains above the profit target.
Pro EOD Accounts
Available after passing your evaluation. Must be activated within 10 days of passing.
Full Pro Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
Section: Full Pro Account Parameters:
−
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Activation Fee | $99 | $99 | $99 | $99 |
| Max Total EOD Pro Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Real-Time Data Fees ($55 value) | FREE | FREE | FREE | FREE |
| Activation Deadline | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing |
| Payout Frequency | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 30% | 30% | 30% | 30% |
1. Activation Fee:
Section: 1. Activation Fee:
− $99 (one-time fee or monthly rebilling options available). This unlocks the Pro Account benefits for that account.
2. Pro Account Benefits:
- Free real-time data feed included ($55/month value)
- Payouts available after 8 Qualifying Days
- Maximum of 5 Pro EOD accounts at any time
3. Pro Consistency Rule (30%):
At the Pro level, the consistency rule becomes more strict. No single trading day can represent more than 30% of your total profits in the payout period. This means your profits need to be spread more evenly across trading days compared to the evaluation's 50% rule.
Key Rules and Procedures
Contracts & Sizing:
EOD accounts have no scaling requirements. Full contract limits are available from your first trading day.
Remember, these rules are designed to guide your success. Review all details before starting your evaluation. Good luck!
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
After
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
4. Minimum Daily Simulated Profit:
Each trading day must meet a minimum simulated profit threshold based on your account size. Days below this threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement. Simply continue trading until the requirements are met.
5. Daily Loss Limit:
Section: 5. Daily Loss Limit:
+ Each account has a hard Daily Loss Limit. Breaching this limit on any day results in your account being paused for the day, regardless of your overall balance. Please note that if you have an open trade that causes you to hit your daily loss limit, the trade will automatically close.
6. Total Drawdown:
Your account must remain above the total drawdown threshold at all times.
7. Stop Trading After Passing:
Once your evaluation meets all requirements, stop trading immediately to avoid falling below the profit target, which could void your passed status.
8. EOD Account Limit:
You are limited to holding 5 EOD accounts at a time. This applies across all account sizes combined.
9. Account Status:
If you reach the profit goal before completing the minimum 2 qualifying days, ensure your account balance remains above the profit target.
Pro EOD Accounts
Available after passing your evaluation. Must be activated within 10 days of passing.
Full Pro Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
Section: Full Pro Account Parameters:
+
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Activation Fee | $5 | $5 | $5 | $5 |
| Max Total EOD Pro Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Real-Time Data Fees ($55 value) | FREE | FREE | FREE | FREE |
| Activation Deadline | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing |
| Payout Frequency | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 30% | 30% | 30% | 30% |
1. Activation Fee:
Section: 1. Activation Fee:
+ $5 (one-time fee or monthly rebilling options available). This unlocks the Pro Account benefits for that account.
2. Pro Account Benefits:
- Free real-time data feed included ($55/month value)
- Payouts available after 8 Qualifying Days
- Maximum of 5 Pro EOD accounts at any time
3. Pro Consistency Rule (30%):
At the Pro level, the consistency rule becomes more strict. No single trading day can represent more than 30% of your total profits in the payout period. This means your profits need to be spread more evenly across trading days compared to the evaluation's 50% rule.
Key Rules and Procedures
Contracts & Sizing:
EOD accounts have no scaling requirements. Full contract limits are available from your first trading day.
Remember, these rules are designed to guide your success. Review all details before starting your evaluation. Good luck!
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
4. Minimum Daily Simulated Profit:
Each trading day must meet a minimum simulated profit threshold based on your account size. Days below this threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement. Simply continue trading until the requirements are met.
5. Daily Loss Limit:
Section: 5. Daily Loss Limit:
− Each account has a hard Daily Loss Limit. Breaching this limit on any day results in immediate account termination, regardless of your overall balance. Please note that if you have an open trade that causes you to hit your daily loss limit, the trade will automatically close.
+ Each account has a hard Daily Loss Limit. Breaching this limit on any day results in your account being paused for the day, regardless of your overall balance. Please note that if you have an open trade that causes you to hit your daily loss limit, the trade will automatically close.
6. Total Drawdown:
Your account must remain above the total drawdown threshold at all times.
7. Stop Trading After Passing:
Once your evaluation meets all requirements, stop trading immediately to avoid falling below the profit target, which could void your passed status.
8. EOD Account Limit:
You are limited to holding 5 EOD accounts at a time. This applies across all account sizes combined.
9. Account Status:
If you reach the profit goal before completing the minimum 2 qualifying days, ensure your account balance remains above the profit target.
Pro EOD Accounts
Available after passing your evaluation. Must be activated within 10 days of passing.
Full Pro Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
Section: Full Pro Account Parameters:
−
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Activation Fee | $99 | $99 | $99 | $99 |
+
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Activation Fee | $5 | $5 | $5 | $5 |
| Max Total EOD Pro Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Real-Time Data Fees ($55 value) | FREE | FREE | FREE | FREE |
| Activation Deadline | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing | 10 days after passing |
| Payout Frequency | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days | 8 Qualifying Days |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 30% | 30% | 30% | 30% |
1. Activation Fee:
Section: 1. Activation Fee:
− $99 (one-time fee or monthly rebilling options available). This unlocks the Pro Account benefits for that account.
+ $5 (one-time fee or monthly rebilling options available). This unlocks the Pro Account benefits for that account.
2. Pro Account Benefits:
- Free real-time data feed included ($55/month value)
- Payouts available after 8 Qualifying Days
- Maximum of 5 Pro EOD accounts at any time
3. Pro Consistency Rule (30%):
At the Pro level, the consistency rule becomes more strict. No single trading day can represent more than 30% of your total profits in the payout period. This means your profits need to be spread more evenly across trading days compared to the evaluation's 50% rule.
Key Rules and Procedures
Contracts & Sizing:
EOD accounts have no scaling requirements. Full contract limits are available from your first trading day.
Remember, these rules are designed to guide your success. Review all details before starting your evaluation. Good luck!
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/helpful-items/status-updatesHoliday observance changed from Independence Day (July 3, 2026) to Labor Day (September 7, 2026) with updated market schedule dates and CME reporting details.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Section: Labor Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
− Independence Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
− In observance of Independence Day, the U.S. futures markets will operate on a modified schedule on Friday, July 3rd, 2026. Please see the adjusted trading hours below:
− Thursday, July 2
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Open
− Friday, July 3 (Independence Day Observance)
1:00 PM ET: Early Market Close
− Sunday, July 5
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Reopen
All times listed above are in Eastern Time (ET). Please confirm the market close times in your local timezone and plan your trading accordingly.
− Note: Per CME reporting, trading activity from the Friday, July 3 session will be combined with and reported as part of the Monday, July 6 trading session.
For more details, visit the CME Holiday Calendar.
Thank you for your understanding and happy trading!
New Products: What does this mean for Legacy Accounts?
We have officially launched our new End-of-Day (EOD) and Intraday Scaling products.
- EOD Drawdown Accounts
- Intraday Drawdown Accounts
As of March 1, 2026, the previous versions of Evaluation and Performance Accounts are no longer available for new purchases and are now considered Legacy products.
If You Have Legacy Accounts
You can continue using your Legacy accounts without any changes:
- Existing Legacy Evaluations remain active
- Legacy Evaluations can still renew
- You can still qualify from a Legacy Evaluation
- You can still activate a Legacy Performance Account (PA)
- Legacy Performance Accounts follow the same rules as before
After
Section: Labor Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
+ Labor Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
+ In observance of Labor Day, the U.S. futures markets will operate on a modified schedule on Monday, September 7th, 2026. Please see the adjusted trading hours below:
+ - Sunday, September 6
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Open
+ - Monday, September 7 (Labor Day)
1:00 PM ET: Early Market Close
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Reopen
+ - Tuesday, September 8
+ Regular Trading Hours
All times listed above are in Eastern Time (ET). Please confirm the market close times in your local timezone and plan your trading accordingly.
+ Note: Per CME reporting, Sunday, Monday, and Tuesday trading activity will be combined and recorded as a single trading day on Tuesday, September 8.
For more details, visit the CME Holiday Calendar.
Thank you for your understanding and happy trading!
+ Apex Trader Funding
New Products: What does this mean for Legacy Accounts?
We have officially launched our new End-of-Day (EOD) and Intraday Scaling products.
- EOD Drawdown Accounts
- Intraday Drawdown Accounts
As of March 1, 2026, the previous versions of Evaluation and Performance Accounts are no longer available for new purchases and are now considered Legacy products.
If You Have Legacy Accounts
You can continue using your Legacy accounts without any changes:
- Existing Legacy Evaluations remain active
- Legacy Evaluations can still renew
- You can still qualify from a Legacy Evaluation
- You can still activate a Legacy Performance Account (PA)
- Legacy Performance Accounts follow the same rules as before
Section: Labor Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
− Independence Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
− In observance of Independence Day, the U.S. futures markets will operate on a modified schedule on Friday, July 3rd, 2026. Please see the adjusted trading hours below:
− Thursday, July 2
+ Labor Day Holiday – Shortened Futures Trading Schedule
+ In observance of Labor Day, the U.S. futures markets will operate on a modified schedule on Monday, September 7th, 2026. Please see the adjusted trading hours below:
+ - Sunday, September 6
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Open
− Friday, July 3 (Independence Day Observance)
+ - Monday, September 7 (Labor Day)
1:00 PM ET: Early Market Close
− Sunday, July 5
6:00 PM ET: Regular Market Reopen
+ - Tuesday, September 8
+ Regular Trading Hours
All times listed above are in Eastern Time (ET). Please confirm the market close times in your local timezone and plan your trading accordingly.
− Note: Per CME reporting, trading activity from the Friday, July 3 session will be combined with and reported as part of the Monday, July 6 trading session.
+ Note: Per CME reporting, Sunday, Monday, and Tuesday trading activity will be combined and recorded as a single trading day on Tuesday, September 8.
For more details, visit the CME Holiday Calendar.
Thank you for your understanding and happy trading!
+ Apex Trader Funding
New Products: What does this mean for Legacy Accounts?
We have officially launched our new End-of-Day (EOD) and Intraday Scaling products.
- EOD Drawdown Accounts
- Intraday Drawdown Accounts
As of March 1, 2026, the previous versions of Evaluation and Performance Accounts are no longer available for new purchases and are now considered Legacy products.
If You Have Legacy Accounts
You can continue using your Legacy accounts without any changes:
- Existing Legacy Evaluations remain active
- Legacy Evaluations can still renew
- You can still qualify from a Legacy Evaluation
- You can still activate a Legacy Performance Account (PA)
- Legacy Performance Accounts follow the same rules as before
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/additional-helpful-items/payout-method-international-usersHelp Desk ticket threshold reduced from 5 business days to 4 business days for missing Plane invitation emails.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
On the pop-up window, read the information, then keep scrolling to the bottom of that page where you can click the “CHANGE PAYOUT METHOD HERE” link.
3. Complete the Required Personal Information Fields
In the payout method section:
- For “US Citizen or US Taxpayer,” select No
- Enter your Government ID Number or Passport Number
- For Payout Type, select International (this is required for all International users)
- Enter your legal First and Last name as it appears on your APEX Profile
- Avoid using special characters or symbols in the name, as this may prevent successful processing.
- Enter your email address
4. Save Your Details
After confirming all information is accurate, click Save to complete your payout method setup.
After your first payout request is approved, you will receive an invitation email from Plane within 1 to 4 business days. Follow the link in that email to set up your Plane profile and link your local bank account. You’ll be ready to receive payouts once your Plane account is linked and active.
Section: Step-by-Step Instructions
− If you do not see the email, check your spam or junk folder. Do not submit a Help Desk ticket unless more than 5 business days have passed without receiving the email.
Additional Requirements and Information
Bank Country Must Match Residency
Your bank account must be located in the same country as your declared residency in Apex. For example, if you live in Spain, your bank account must also be based in Spain.
Requests using a bank account from a different country than your country of residence will be rejected. Be sure to update your payout method accordingly if needed.
Tax Information for International Users
- Apex does not issue tax forms to non-US users
- You are responsible for reporting your earnings according to the laws in your country
Note: Apex cannot provide tax advice. If you have questions about local tax requirements, please consult a qualified tax advisor. The Help Desk is unable to assist with tax-related inquiries.
After
On the pop-up window, read the information, then keep scrolling to the bottom of that page where you can click the “CHANGE PAYOUT METHOD HERE” link.
3. Complete the Required Personal Information Fields
In the payout method section:
- For “US Citizen or US Taxpayer,” select No
- Enter your Government ID Number or Passport Number
- For Payout Type, select International (this is required for all International users)
- Enter your legal First and Last name as it appears on your APEX Profile
- Avoid using special characters or symbols in the name, as this may prevent successful processing.
- Enter your email address
4. Save Your Details
After confirming all information is accurate, click Save to complete your payout method setup.
After your first payout request is approved, you will receive an invitation email from Plane within 1 to 4 business days. Follow the link in that email to set up your Plane profile and link your local bank account. You’ll be ready to receive payouts once your Plane account is linked and active.
Section: Step-by-Step Instructions
+ If you do not see the email, check your spam or junk folder. Do not submit a Help Desk ticket unless more than 4 business days have passed without receiving the email.
Additional Requirements and Information
Bank Country Must Match Residency
Your bank account must be located in the same country as your declared residency in Apex. For example, if you live in Spain, your bank account must also be based in Spain.
Requests using a bank account from a different country than your country of residence will be rejected. Be sure to update your payout method accordingly if needed.
Tax Information for International Users
- Apex does not issue tax forms to non-US users
- You are responsible for reporting your earnings according to the laws in your country
Note: Apex cannot provide tax advice. If you have questions about local tax requirements, please consult a qualified tax advisor. The Help Desk is unable to assist with tax-related inquiries.
On the pop-up window, read the information, then keep scrolling to the bottom of that page where you can click the “CHANGE PAYOUT METHOD HERE” link.
3. Complete the Required Personal Information Fields
In the payout method section:
- For “US Citizen or US Taxpayer,” select No
- Enter your Government ID Number or Passport Number
- For Payout Type, select International (this is required for all International users)
- Enter your legal First and Last name as it appears on your APEX Profile
- Avoid using special characters or symbols in the name, as this may prevent successful processing.
- Enter your email address
4. Save Your Details
After confirming all information is accurate, click Save to complete your payout method setup.
After your first payout request is approved, you will receive an invitation email from Plane within 1 to 4 business days. Follow the link in that email to set up your Plane profile and link your local bank account. You’ll be ready to receive payouts once your Plane account is linked and active.
Section: Step-by-Step Instructions
− If you do not see the email, check your spam or junk folder. Do not submit a Help Desk ticket unless more than 5 business days have passed without receiving the email.
+ If you do not see the email, check your spam or junk folder. Do not submit a Help Desk ticket unless more than 4 business days have passed without receiving the email.
Additional Requirements and Information
Bank Country Must Match Residency
Your bank account must be located in the same country as your declared residency in Apex. For example, if you live in Spain, your bank account must also be based in Spain.
Requests using a bank account from a different country than your country of residence will be rejected. Be sure to update your payout method accordingly if needed.
Tax Information for International Users
- Apex does not issue tax forms to non-US users
- You are responsible for reporting your earnings according to the laws in your country
Note: Apex cannot provide tax advice. If you have questions about local tax requirements, please consult a qualified tax advisor. The Help Desk is unable to assist with tax-related inquiries.
PremierIQ Capital · Performance Rewards Rapid | IQ Capital Help CenterProfit split changed from 90/10 to 80/20 trader/company; violation rules added for CFD/Crypto positions.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
- At least 1 active trading day
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
− - Maximum 1 violation of the daily loss limit
A maximum of 5 payouts can be requested; after that, the account will be closed.
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
The trading day ends daily at 10:45 PM (CTE Berlin). Performance rewards can be claimed after the first active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Requirement: At least $500 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
Example 2
- Balance after payout: $105,000
- New Performance Reward request: $1,500
- Requirement: At least $750 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
What happens to consistency after a Performance Reward?
After each Performance Reward, consistency is fully reset.
It is then recalculated based on the best trading day within the new trading cycle.
Profit Split Structure
From the very first $1 in profit:
Section: Profit Split Structure
− - 90% goes to the trader
− - 10% goes to the company
− This provides a consistent 90/10 profit split with no tiered structure.
Example
If you generate $2,000 in total profit:
- You request a 50% payout ($1,000)
Section: Example
− - The 90/10 split is applied to the payout amount.
Result:
− - Trader: $900
− - Company: $100
Payout methods
Performance Rewards are available via:
- Crypto (USDC – ERC-20)
- Bank Transfer
After
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
- At least 1 active trading day
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
+ - Maximum one violation of the Daily Loss Limit (Futures)
+ - Maximum 2 violations of the Maximum Position Loss (CFD/Crypto)
A maximum of 5 payouts can be requested; after that, the account will be closed.
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
The trading day ends daily at 10:45 PM (CTE Berlin). Performance rewards can be claimed after the first active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Requirement: At least $500 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
Example 2
- Balance after payout: $105,000
- New Performance Reward request: $1,500
- Requirement: At least $750 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
What happens to consistency after a Performance Reward?
After each Performance Reward, consistency is fully reset.
It is then recalculated based on the best trading day within the new trading cycle.
Profit Split Structure
From the very first $1 in profit:
Section: Profit Split Structure
+ - 80% goes to the trader
+ - 20% goes to the company
+ This provides a consistent 80/20 profit split with no tiered structure.
Example
If you generate $2,000 in total profit:
- You request a 50% payout ($1,000)
Section: Example
+ - The 80/20 split is applied to the payout amount.
Result:
+ - Trader: $800
+ - Company: $200
Payout methods
Performance Rewards are available via:
- Crypto (USDC – ERC-20)
- Bank Transfer
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
- At least 1 active trading day
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
− - Maximum 1 violation of the daily loss limit
+ - Maximum one violation of the Daily Loss Limit (Futures)
+ - Maximum 2 violations of the Maximum Position Loss (CFD/Crypto)
A maximum of 5 payouts can be requested; after that, the account will be closed.
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
The trading day ends daily at 10:45 PM (CTE Berlin). Performance rewards can be claimed after the first active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Requirement: At least $500 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
Example 2
- Balance after payout: $105,000
- New Performance Reward request: $1,500
- Requirement: At least $750 in new profits since the last payout
Result: Eligible for payout.
What happens to consistency after a Performance Reward?
After each Performance Reward, consistency is fully reset.
It is then recalculated based on the best trading day within the new trading cycle.
Profit Split Structure
From the very first $1 in profit:
Section: Profit Split Structure
− - 90% goes to the trader
− - 10% goes to the company
− This provides a consistent 90/10 profit split with no tiered structure.
+ - 80% goes to the trader
+ - 20% goes to the company
+ This provides a consistent 80/20 profit split with no tiered structure.
Example
If you generate $2,000 in total profit:
- You request a 50% payout ($1,000)
Section: Example
− - The 90/10 split is applied to the payout amount.
+ - The 80/20 split is applied to the payout amount.
Result:
− - Trader: $900
− - Company: $100
+ - Trader: $800
+ - Company: $200
Payout methods
Performance Rewards are available via:
- Crypto (USDC – ERC-20)
- Bank Transfer
PremierIQ Capital · Rapid Futures Funded | IQ Capital Help CenterMax Position Size increased from 5 Minis/50 Micros to 10 Minis/100 Micros; daily loss limit changed from hard breach to soft breach on first violation; account duration changed from 30-day expiring to no expiry date.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Yes, profits earned in the Funded Account can be withdrawn according to the performance reward structure.
The account will be closed after the 5th payout.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | None | None |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
− *Reaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
Consistency & Profit Target
The Rapid Futures Funded Account has no consistency and therefore no profit target.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
Duration
Section: Duration
− A Funded Account is valid for 30 days.
− You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19.
− If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
After
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Yes, profits earned in the Funded Account can be withdrawn according to the performance reward structure.
The account will be closed after the 5th payout.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | None | None |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Max Payouts | 5x | 5x |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
+ *If the daily loss limit is reached, this will result in a soft breach the first time. The account will be closed on the second violation.
Consistency & Profit Target
The Rapid Futures Funded Account has no consistency and therefore no profit target.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
Duration
Section: Duration
+ The Funded Account has no expiry date and does not need to be renewed.
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Yes, profits earned in the Funded Account can be withdrawn according to the performance reward structure.
The account will be closed after the 5th payout.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | None | None |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Max Payouts | 5x | 5x |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
− *Reaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
+ *If the daily loss limit is reached, this will result in a soft breach the first time. The account will be closed on the second violation.
Consistency & Profit Target
The Rapid Futures Funded Account has no consistency and therefore no profit target.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
Duration
Section: Duration
− A Funded Account is valid for 30 days.
− You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19.
− If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
+ The Funded Account has no expiry date and does not need to be renewed.
PremierIQ Capital · Performance Rewards Rapid | IQ Capital Help CenterMinimum active trading days reduced from 3 to 1, maximum daily loss limit violations reduced from 2 to 1, and 4 other conditions changed.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
− - At least 3 active trading days
− - Achievement of the profit target (including the 40% consistency rule in funding)
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
− - Must not exceed two violations of the Maximum Position Loss Rule or one violation of the Daily Loss Limit
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
Section: When does a Trading Day end?
− The trading day ends daily at 5:15 PM (CT).
− Performance Rewards can be requested after the completion of the third active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,000
- Reward 3+: up to $1,500
$100,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,500
- Reward 3+: up to $2,000
Can I withdraw all my profits at once?
After
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
+ - At least 1 active trading day
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
+ - Maximum 1 violation of the daily loss limit
+ A maximum of 5 payouts can be requested; after that, the account will be closed.
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
Section: When does a Trading Day end?
+ The trading day ends daily at 10:45 PM (CTE Berlin). Performance rewards can be claimed after the first active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,000
- Reward 3+: up to $1,500
$100,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,500
- Reward 3+: up to $2,000
Can I withdraw all my profits at once?
When can I request a Performance Reward?
A Performance Reward can only be requested once all of the following conditions are met:
Section: When can I request a Performance Reward?
− - At least 3 active trading days
− - Achievement of the profit target (including the 40% consistency rule in funding)
+ - At least 1 active trading day
- Must comply with the Scalping Rule
− - Must not exceed two violations of the Maximum Position Loss Rule or one violation of the Daily Loss Limit
+ - Maximum 1 violation of the daily loss limit
+ A maximum of 5 payouts can be requested; after that, the account will be closed.
What counts as an active trading day?
- At least one trade has been placed.
- There is no minimum profit requirement per trading day.
When does a Trading Day end?
Section: When does a Trading Day end?
− The trading day ends daily at 5:15 PM (CT).
− Performance Rewards can be requested after the completion of the third active trading day.
+ The trading day ends daily at 10:45 PM (CTE Berlin). Performance rewards can be claimed after the first active trading day.
Drawdown adjustment after the first payout
After the first Performance Reward, the End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown is adjusted to the starting balance and remains fixed at that level permanently.
Performance Reward limits
Minimum: No minimum
Maximum per Performance Reward request:
$50,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,000
- Reward 3+: up to $1,500
$100,000 Account
- Reward 1–2: up to $1,500
- Reward 3+: up to $2,000
Can I withdraw all my profits at once?
PremierIQ Capital · Rapid Futures Funded | IQ Capital Help CenterConsistency requirement removed, profits withdrawn after 5th payout instead of per structure, and account closure rule added.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Section: Are profits withdrawable?
− Yes, profits generated in the Funded Account can be paid out according to the performance reward structure.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 40% | 40% |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
*Reaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
Consistency & Profit Target
Section: Consistency & Profit Target
− In the Rapid Futures Funded Account, the profit target is determined by the 40% consistency rule.
− Your best trading day may not exceed 40% of your total profits.
− The consistency resets after each performance reward payout and is recalculated based on your next highest profit day.
− Example
− You start with a fresh account and make:
− - Day 1: $300 profit
− - Day 2: $270 profit
− Your highest profit day determines the required profit target.
− → Best Day: $300
− Since this may only represent 40% of the total profit:
− 300 ÷ 0.40 = 750
− This means you must reach a total profit of $750 for your $300 best day to represent only 40% of total profits and satisfy the consistency rule.
− As long as you do not exceed $300 profit in a single day, the target remains unchanged.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
− What happens if I violate a rule?
− If you lose the account through a hard breach, you may start a new funded account by paying a reset fee.
Duration
A Funded Account is valid for 30 days.
You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19.
If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
After
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Section: Are profits withdrawable?
+ Yes, profits earned in the Funded Account can be withdrawn according to the performance reward structure.
+ The account will be closed after the 5th payout.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Consistency | None | None |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
*Reaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
Consistency & Profit Target
Section: Consistency & Profit Target
+ The Rapid Futures Funded Account has no consistency and therefore no profit target.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
Duration
A Funded Account is valid for 30 days.
You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19.
If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
What is a Rapid Futures Funded Account?
The Rapid Futures Funded Account is the next stage after passing the challenge and allows you to trade under realistic conditions while qualifying for Rapid performance rewards.
Are profits withdrawable?
Section: Are profits withdrawable?
− Yes, profits generated in the Funded Account can be paid out according to the performance reward structure.
+ Yes, profits earned in the Funded Account can be withdrawn according to the performance reward structure.
+ The account will be closed after the 5th payout.
Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
Section: Rapid Futures Funded Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 40% | 40% |
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Consistency | None | None |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
*Reaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
Consistency & Profit Target
Section: Consistency & Profit Target
− In the Rapid Futures Funded Account, the profit target is determined by the 40% consistency rule.
− Your best trading day may not exceed 40% of your total profits.
− The consistency resets after each performance reward payout and is recalculated based on your next highest profit day.
− Example
− You start with a fresh account and make:
− - Day 1: $300 profit
− - Day 2: $270 profit
− Your highest profit day determines the required profit target.
− → Best Day: $300
− Since this may only represent 40% of the total profit:
− 300 ÷ 0.40 = 750
− This means you must reach a total profit of $750 for your $300 best day to represent only 40% of total profits and satisfy the consistency rule.
− As long as you do not exceed $300 profit in a single day, the target remains unchanged.
+ The Rapid Futures Funded Account has no consistency and therefore no profit target.
Drawdown Adjustment After First Payout
Once you receive your first performance reward payout, the Max Drawdown is adjusted to the account's original starting balance of $50,000 or $100,000. From this point on, the drawdown level is fixed.
− What happens if I violate a rule?
− If you lose the account through a hard breach, you may start a new funded account by paying a reset fee.
Duration
A Funded Account is valid for 30 days.
You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19.
If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
PremierIQ Capital · Rapid Futures Challenge | IQ Capital Help CenterDaily Loss Limit changed from $1,000/$1,500 to None for both account sizes; performance reward timing and profit split also changed.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
What is a Rapid Futures Challenge Account?
The Rapid Futures Challenge Account is the stage before the Funded Account. It allows you to prove your trading skills with lower capital requirements and slightly more flexible rules.
− Our Rapid Futures plan is built around the Daily Loss Limit (DLL) and is designed for faster payouts. Your total loss per day may not exceed a fixed amount, and once funded, you can request Performance Rewards after just 3 active trading days. In return, a consistency requirement applies from the start.
Are profits withdrawable?
No, the Challenge Account is fully based on simulated capital. All profits generated are only used for qualification purposes and cannot be withdrawn.
Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
Section: Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
− *Breaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
What happens after passing?
Section: What happens after passing?
− Once you reach the profit target, you can directly activate the account in the dashboard. You will then receive a new Rapid Funded Account with the same account size, where Performance Rewards can be requested after 3 active trading days at a 90/10 profit split.
− There is no time limit for activating a passed Challenge.
What happens if I violate a rule?
If you breach the account, you may restart the Challenge for a reduced reset fee.
Duration
A Challenge Account is valid for 30 days. You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19. If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
After
What is a Rapid Futures Challenge Account?
The Rapid Futures Challenge Account is the stage before the Funded Account. It allows you to prove your trading skills with lower capital requirements and slightly more flexible rules.
Are profits withdrawable?
No, the Challenge Account is fully based on simulated capital. All profits generated are only used for qualification purposes and cannot be withdrawn.
Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
Section: Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
What happens after passing?
Section: What happens after passing?
+ Once you reach the profit target, you can activate the account directly in the dashboard. You will then receive a new Rapid Funded Account of the same size, where performance rewards can be claimed after one active trading day with an 80/20 profit split. The account will be closed after a maximum of five payouts.
What happens if I violate a rule?
If you breach the account, you may restart the Challenge for a reduced reset fee.
Duration
A Challenge Account is valid for 30 days. You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19. If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
What is a Rapid Futures Challenge Account?
The Rapid Futures Challenge Account is the stage before the Funded Account. It allows you to prove your trading skills with lower capital requirements and slightly more flexible rules.
− Our Rapid Futures plan is built around the Daily Loss Limit (DLL) and is designed for faster payouts. Your total loss per day may not exceed a fixed amount, and once funded, you can request Performance Rewards after just 3 active trading days. In return, a consistency requirement applies from the start.
Are profits withdrawable?
No, the Challenge Account is fully based on simulated capital. All profits generated are only used for qualification purposes and cannot be withdrawn.
Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,000 |
Section: Rapid Futures Challenge Account Sizes & Rules
−
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | $1,000* | $1,500* |
+
| Rule | $50,000 Account | $100,000 Account |
|---|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Position Loss | None | None |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% |
| Max Position Size | 5 Minis / 50 Micros | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
| Extension Fee | $19 | $19 |
| Duration | 30 Days | 30 Days |
| Max Accounts | 5 | 5 |
− *Breaching the Daily Loss Limit results in a hard breach, meaning the account is closed.
What happens after passing?
Section: What happens after passing?
− Once you reach the profit target, you can directly activate the account in the dashboard. You will then receive a new Rapid Funded Account with the same account size, where Performance Rewards can be requested after 3 active trading days at a 90/10 profit split.
− There is no time limit for activating a passed Challenge.
+ Once you reach the profit target, you can activate the account directly in the dashboard. You will then receive a new Rapid Funded Account of the same size, where performance rewards can be claimed after one active trading day with an 80/20 profit split. The account will be closed after a maximum of five payouts.
What happens if I violate a rule?
If you breach the account, you may restart the Challenge for a reduced reset fee.
Duration
A Challenge Account is valid for 30 days. You may manually extend it in the dashboard for an additional 30 days for $19. If no extension is purchased, access to the account will permanently expire.
PremierIQ Capital · Futures Data Feeds & Data Packages | IQ Capital Help CenterCME subscription clarified to specify Level 1 inclusion and Level 2 availability; note on separate booking added.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− The CME data subscription is already included in both the purchase price and the monthly fee, so no separate subscription is required.
Additional market data such as Eurex, COMEX, CBOT, and NYMEX can be added optionally through the Data Packages section in the top right corner of your dashboard. Please note that the CME Group Level 1 data package ($4.50/month) is required to activate these exchanges. Zusätzlich ist zu beachten, dass für Marktdaten von COMEX eine Anbindung an die CME Group erforderlich ist. Diese Abhängigkeit bedeutet, dass die CME-Komponente nicht entfernt werden kann.
For deeper market insights (e.g. heatmaps), Level 2 market data is required.< Level-2-Datenfeeds sind für Börsen wie CME, COMEX, NYMEX, CBOT und EUREX verfügbar und bieten detaillierte Markteinblicke.
Data packages can be booked here:
https://dashboard.iqcapital.io/Client/Subscriptions
After
+ The CME Level 1-data subscription is already included in both the purchase price and the monthly fee, so no separate subscription is required. CME Level 2 data is not included but can be booked sperately as you can see in the table below.
Additional market data such as Eurex, COMEX, CBOT, and NYMEX can be added optionally through the Data Packages section in the top right corner of your dashboard. Please note that the CME Group Level 1 data package ($4.50/month) is required to activate these exchanges. Zusätzlich ist zu beachten, dass für Marktdaten von COMEX eine Anbindung an die CME Group erforderlich ist. Diese Abhängigkeit bedeutet, dass die CME-Komponente nicht entfernt werden kann.
For deeper market insights (e.g. heatmaps), Level 2 market data is required.< Level-2-Datenfeeds sind für Börsen wie CME, COMEX, NYMEX, CBOT und EUREX verfügbar und bieten detaillierte Markteinblicke.
Data packages can be booked here:
https://dashboard.iqcapital.io/Client/Subscriptions
− The CME data subscription is already included in both the purchase price and the monthly fee, so no separate subscription is required.
+ The CME Level 1-data subscription is already included in both the purchase price and the monthly fee, so no separate subscription is required. CME Level 2 data is not included but can be booked sperately as you can see in the table below.
Additional market data such as Eurex, COMEX, CBOT, and NYMEX can be added optionally through the Data Packages section in the top right corner of your dashboard. Please note that the CME Group Level 1 data package ($4.50/month) is required to activate these exchanges. Zusätzlich ist zu beachten, dass für Marktdaten von COMEX eine Anbindung an die CME Group erforderlich ist. Diese Abhängigkeit bedeutet, dass die CME-Komponente nicht entfernt werden kann.
For deeper market insights (e.g. heatmaps), Level 2 market data is required.< Level-2-Datenfeeds sind für Börsen wie CME, COMEX, NYMEX, CBOT und EUREX verfügbar und bieten detaillierte Markteinblicke.
Data packages can be booked here:
https://dashboard.iqcapital.io/Client/Subscriptions
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Live Trading Program | FuturesElite FAQMultiple account activation changed from simultaneous (max 3 live) to sequential, requiring 10 profitable trading days between each activation instead of Reserve depletion.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Every release goes through a risk check first. Fifteen days built on discipline release on the day. Fifteen days built on reckless sizing can be held while the risk team reviews the account.
Getting Paid
Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits above the cushion, plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
Once the cushion unlocks, you can withdraw everything down to $0. The smart play: fill the cushion, log your fifteen days, and by then your own money is covering the floor.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
- 15 profitable trading days on your live account, the same days that unlock your cushion
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
− Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only 3 live accounts run at the same time:
− - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor and its own cushion
− - Any extra accounts convert too, but their money waits in Reserve, in a queue
− - A spot opens when one of your live accounts empties its Reserve or is closed. The next account in line then goes live with a fresh $2,000 floor
− Queued money is still yours. It follows the normal unlock rules once its account goes live. Our risk team decides the order and timing.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its balance, including any cushion still held, goes with it. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
- Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor and a $1,000 cushion. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
After
Every release goes through a risk check first. Fifteen days built on discipline release on the day. Fifteen days built on reckless sizing can be held while the risk team reviews the account.
Getting Paid
Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits above the cushion, plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
Once the cushion unlocks, you can withdraw everything down to $0. The smart play: fill the cushion, log your fifteen days, and by then your own money is covering the floor.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
- 15 profitable trading days on your live account, the same days that unlock your cushion
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
+ Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only one goes live at a time. You open the rest by trading well.
+ - Your first account goes live at $0, with its own loss floor and its own cushion
+ - Every other account converts too, but its money waits in Reserve, in a queue
+ - Every 10 profitable trading days, the next account in the queue goes live, at $0 with a fresh floor and cushion of its own. A profitable day is the same everywhere in this program: a session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size, $150 on a 50K
+ - The count keeps running. Another 10 profitable days opens the account after that, and so on until every account you own is live
+ The days do not need to be in a row, and losing days do not reset the count.
+ What we are looking for. Ten days is the minimum, not an automatic unlock. Every account release goes through a risk check first, exactly like a Reserve unlock. We want to see discretionary trading and real risk management: your own decisions, consistent size, losses cut, no gambling around the number. Ten days built on oversizing can be held or refused.
+ Your Reserve keeps unlocking at the same time. Nothing about the queue pauses your normal unlocks. Once you have 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits, every extra $5,000 in profit releases $2,500 of Reserve, processed weekly. Released money goes into your live balance, where you can withdraw it or use it for margin. So the two run side by side: your Reserve is paying out while your next account is being earned.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its balance, including any cushion still held, goes with it. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
- Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor and a $1,000 cushion. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
Every release goes through a risk check first. Fifteen days built on discipline release on the day. Fifteen days built on reckless sizing can be held while the risk team reviews the account.
Getting Paid
Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits above the cushion, plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
Once the cushion unlocks, you can withdraw everything down to $0. The smart play: fill the cushion, log your fifteen days, and by then your own money is covering the floor.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
- 15 profitable trading days on your live account, the same days that unlock your cushion
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
− Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only 3 live accounts run at the same time:
− - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor and its own cushion
− - Any extra accounts convert too, but their money waits in Reserve, in a queue
− - A spot opens when one of your live accounts empties its Reserve or is closed. The next account in line then goes live with a fresh $2,000 floor
− Queued money is still yours. It follows the normal unlock rules once its account goes live. Our risk team decides the order and timing.
+ Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only one goes live at a time. You open the rest by trading well.
+ - Your first account goes live at $0, with its own loss floor and its own cushion
+ - Every other account converts too, but its money waits in Reserve, in a queue
+ - Every 10 profitable trading days, the next account in the queue goes live, at $0 with a fresh floor and cushion of its own. A profitable day is the same everywhere in this program: a session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size, $150 on a 50K
+ - The count keeps running. Another 10 profitable days opens the account after that, and so on until every account you own is live
+ The days do not need to be in a row, and losing days do not reset the count.
+ What we are looking for. Ten days is the minimum, not an automatic unlock. Every account release goes through a risk check first, exactly like a Reserve unlock. We want to see discretionary trading and real risk management: your own decisions, consistent size, losses cut, no gambling around the number. Ten days built on oversizing can be held or refused.
+ Your Reserve keeps unlocking at the same time. Nothing about the queue pauses your normal unlocks. Once you have 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits, every extra $5,000 in profit releases $2,500 of Reserve, processed weekly. Released money goes into your live balance, where you can withdraw it or use it for margin. So the two run side by side: your Reserve is paying out while your next account is being earned.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its balance, including any cushion still held, goes with it. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
- Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor and a $1,000 cushion. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
PremierDayTraders.com · Trade Copier – Onyx | DayTraders.com Help CenterDisclaimer added stating Trade Copier does not guarantee identical execution and traders remain responsible for account monitoring and risk management.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Verify the correct Lead is selected
- Confirm follower status before trading
- Maintain identical risk profiles
- Avoid switching leads mid-session
- Test with small size before scaling
Summary
Trade Copier streamlines multi-account trading by:
- Eliminating manual duplication
- Increasing execution consistency
- Reducing errors
- Saving time
When used correctly, it becomes an essential scaling tool.
Section: Summary
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
After
- Verify the correct Lead is selected
- Confirm follower status before trading
- Maintain identical risk profiles
- Avoid switching leads mid-session
- Test with small size before scaling
Summary
Trade Copier streamlines multi-account trading by:
- Eliminating manual duplication
- Increasing execution consistency
- Reducing errors
- Saving time
When used correctly, it becomes an essential scaling tool.
Section: Summary
+ Important: The Trade Copier is provided as a convenience and does not guarantee identical execution or results across accounts. DayTraders is not responsible for differences caused by latency, slippage, rejected or missed orders, or other execution-related factors. Traders remain responsible for monitoring their accounts and managing their own risk.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
- Verify the correct Lead is selected
- Confirm follower status before trading
- Maintain identical risk profiles
- Avoid switching leads mid-session
- Test with small size before scaling
Summary
Trade Copier streamlines multi-account trading by:
- Eliminating manual duplication
- Increasing execution consistency
- Reducing errors
- Saving time
When used correctly, it becomes an essential scaling tool.
Section: Summary
+ Important: The Trade Copier is provided as a convenience and does not guarantee identical execution or results across accounts. DayTraders is not responsible for differences caused by latency, slippage, rejected or missed orders, or other execution-related factors. Traders remain responsible for monitoring their accounts and managing their own risk.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
PremierE8 Markets · Are there currently any discounts? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesRemoved discount percentage detail, added troubleshooting section for first purchase offers, fixed typo "Mayme" to "Maybe.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
To be up to date with our current ongoing discount codes and promotions, we highly recommend that you follow us on social media platforms like Platform X or our Instagram.
If you are not part of our Discord community, join now! Every week, you can participate in events where you can obtain special discount codes or a free challenge.
You can always rely on our all-around discount code "E8" which is always available, but if you are looking for all or better offers, please follow our current promotion offer on this website.
− At this moment, you can use the "E8" code to get up to 35% off, depending on the product.
How to redeem a discount code?
When you are at the checkout page in your dashboard, in the last step of the payment, you can find a field for a discount code. After you validate, the system will confirm that the code is working and also show the amount and the final price
Why is my discount code not working?
Discount codes can be obtained from our websites, our affiliates, and also from giveaways. Want to make sure your code is working properly, or you want to double-check the offer? Just click Validate at the final stage of your purchase. If there's an issue with the code, we will let you know right away.
Troubleshooting issues with discount codes:
- Birthday code: If you have received a birthday code from us, you need to redeem it within 14 days. After this period, the code is disabled.
Section: Why is my discount code not working?
− - Wrong account setup/conditions: You might have received a code that is usable only for certain product types or under specific conditions. Mayme its only for E8 Signature $50,000 Futures accounts, or for E8 One accounts under $100,000 simulated capital. Always make sure the setup is correct.
After
To be up to date with our current ongoing discount codes and promotions, we highly recommend that you follow us on social media platforms like Platform X or our Instagram.
If you are not part of our Discord community, join now! Every week, you can participate in events where you can obtain special discount codes or a free challenge.
You can always rely on our all-around discount code "E8" which is always available, but if you are looking for all or better offers, please follow our current promotion offer on this website.
How to redeem a discount code?
When you are at the checkout page in your dashboard, in the last step of the payment, you can find a field for a discount code. After you validate, the system will confirm that the code is working and also show the amount and the final price
Why is my discount code not working?
Discount codes can be obtained from our websites, our affiliates, and also from giveaways. Want to make sure your code is working properly, or you want to double-check the offer? Just click Validate at the final stage of your purchase. If there's an issue with the code, we will let you know right away.
Troubleshooting issues with discount codes:
- Birthday code: If you have received a birthday code from us, you need to redeem it within 14 days. After this period, the code is disabled.
Section: Why is my discount code not working?
+ - Wrong account setup/conditions: You might have received a code that is usable only for certain product types or under specific conditions. Maybe it's only for E8 Signature $50,000 Futures accounts, or for E8 One accounts under $100,000 simulated capital. Always make sure the setup is correct.
+ - First purchase offers: If you receive a smaller discount than expected on a first-purchase promotion, you may have already redeemed the offer on a prior order, or the discount code is currently held by an open, unpaid order in your account. To claim the correct first-purchase discount, cancel any pending or unpaid orders in your dashboard. Once canceled, if you have no completed purchases during this promotional period, you can re-apply the code to your selected product.
To be up to date with our current ongoing discount codes and promotions, we highly recommend that you follow us on social media platforms like Platform X or our Instagram.
If you are not part of our Discord community, join now! Every week, you can participate in events where you can obtain special discount codes or a free challenge.
You can always rely on our all-around discount code "E8" which is always available, but if you are looking for all or better offers, please follow our current promotion offer on this website.
− At this moment, you can use the "E8" code to get up to 35% off, depending on the product.
How to redeem a discount code?
When you are at the checkout page in your dashboard, in the last step of the payment, you can find a field for a discount code. After you validate, the system will confirm that the code is working and also show the amount and the final price
Why is my discount code not working?
Discount codes can be obtained from our websites, our affiliates, and also from giveaways. Want to make sure your code is working properly, or you want to double-check the offer? Just click Validate at the final stage of your purchase. If there's an issue with the code, we will let you know right away.
Troubleshooting issues with discount codes:
- Birthday code: If you have received a birthday code from us, you need to redeem it within 14 days. After this period, the code is disabled.
Section: Why is my discount code not working?
− - Wrong account setup/conditions: You might have received a code that is usable only for certain product types or under specific conditions. Mayme its only for E8 Signature $50,000 Futures accounts, or for E8 One accounts under $100,000 simulated capital. Always make sure the setup is correct.
+ - Wrong account setup/conditions: You might have received a code that is usable only for certain product types or under specific conditions. Maybe it's only for E8 Signature $50,000 Futures accounts, or for E8 One accounts under $100,000 simulated capital. Always make sure the setup is correct.
+ - First purchase offers: If you receive a smaller discount than expected on a first-purchase promotion, you may have already redeemed the offer on a prior order, or the discount code is currently held by an open, unpaid order in your account. To claim the correct first-purchase discount, cancel any pending or unpaid orders in your dashboard. Once canceled, if you have no completed purchases during this promotional period, you can re-apply the code to your selected product.
PremierE8 Markets · Accepted Countries | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesAllocation limit language for E8 One changed from "$200,000" to "up to $200,000".Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Cameroon | Iran | Mozambique | Sierra Leone | Yemen |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Iraq | | Slovenia | Zimbabwe | |
| Chad | | | Somalia | Zambia | |
| Congo | | | South Africa | |
We have also decided to stop offering specific products to certain countries. This change comes in response to repeated misuse of products in ways that do not align with E8’s core values. These specific countries and restrictions can be seen below.
Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
Not available: E8 One
| Bulgaria | Laos | Romania |
|---|---|---|
| Bangladesh | | Taiwan | |
| Cambodia | | |
| Croatia | | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro and E8 Signature accounts.
Section: Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
− Allocation limits: E8 One only $200,000
| India | VietNam | |
|---|---|
| Kenya | Indonesia | |
| | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro (all sizes), E8 Signature accounts (all sizes), E8 Zero (all sizes), and E8 One accounts up to $200,000
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location.
Payout processors' restriction list:
WorkMarket SUPPORTED countries
Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
Unfortunately, if you can't undergo KYC with our third-party payment providers, we cannot provide you with a payout payment.
After
| Cameroon | Iran | Mozambique | Sierra Leone | Yemen |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Iraq | | Slovenia | Zimbabwe | |
| Chad | | | Somalia | Zambia | |
| Congo | | | South Africa | |
We have also decided to stop offering specific products to certain countries. This change comes in response to repeated misuse of products in ways that do not align with E8’s core values. These specific countries and restrictions can be seen below.
Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
Not available: E8 One
| Bulgaria | Laos | Romania |
|---|---|---|
| Bangladesh | | Taiwan | |
| Cambodia | | |
| Croatia | | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro and E8 Signature accounts.
Section: Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
+ Allocation limits: E8 One only up to $200,000
| India | VietNam | |
|---|---|
| Kenya | Indonesia | |
| | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro (all sizes), E8 Signature accounts (all sizes), E8 Zero (all sizes), and E8 One accounts up to $200,000
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location.
Payout processors' restriction list:
WorkMarket SUPPORTED countries
Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
Unfortunately, if you can't undergo KYC with our third-party payment providers, we cannot provide you with a payout payment.
| Cameroon | Iran | Mozambique | Sierra Leone | Yemen |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Iraq | | Slovenia | Zimbabwe | |
| Chad | | | Somalia | Zambia | |
| Congo | | | South Africa | |
We have also decided to stop offering specific products to certain countries. This change comes in response to repeated misuse of products in ways that do not align with E8’s core values. These specific countries and restrictions can be seen below.
Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
Not available: E8 One
| Bulgaria | Laos | Romania |
|---|---|---|
| Bangladesh | | Taiwan | |
| Cambodia | | |
| Croatia | | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro and E8 Signature accounts.
Section: Restricted Products and Allocation Limits for specific regions:
− Allocation limits: E8 One only $200,000
+ Allocation limits: E8 One only up to $200,000
| India | VietNam | |
|---|---|
| Kenya | Indonesia | |
| | |
Countries listed above can purchase only E8 Pro (all sizes), E8 Signature accounts (all sizes), E8 Zero (all sizes), and E8 One accounts up to $200,000
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location.
Payout processors' restriction list:
WorkMarket SUPPORTED countries
Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
Unfortunately, if you can't undergo KYC with our third-party payment providers, we cannot provide you with a payout payment.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Dispute & Chargeback Abuse Policy | My Funded Futures Help CenterTwo sections simplified the dispute resolution process by removing direct escalation email addresses and replacing them with a single Support contact point that handles escalations internally.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Filing a chargeback against MFFU for legitimate services is a violation of MyFundedFutures' Terms of Use.
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before involving your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the chance to resolve the issue directly — most billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns can be fixed quickly through our support team.
If a chargeback or payment dispute is filed against your account:
- Immediate account freeze. All accounts associated with your profile — including active evaluations and funded accounts — will be frozen without prior notice while the dispute is reviewed.
- Loss of eligibility. Accounts tied to unresolved or fraudulent disputes are not eligible for evaluations, trading, or payout processing, etc.
- Permanent restriction. Users who file chargebacks for services that were delivered or accessed will be permanently barred from accessing their existing MFFU account/s, purchasing new evaluations, or opening new accounts with MFFU, etc.
- Treated as fraud where service was rendered. A chargeback filed after you have accessed your evaluation, simulated trading environment, or funded account is treated as a fraudulent dispute rather than a legitimate billing error, consistent with the Termination of Service section of our Terms of Service.
How we respond to disputes
- MFFU retains detailed transaction records, login/session logs, and platform activity data. These records are submitted to our payment processor to contest illegitimate or bad-faith claims.
- Every dispute is reviewed internally by our Payments and Chargebacks team before any account action is finalized — we don't act on a chargeback notification alone.
- We monitor dispute activity against card network thresholds (e.g., Visa's dispute-monitoring programs), and repeated abuse patterns are escalated accordingly.
Before you file a dispute
Section: Before you file a dispute
− Contact [email protected] first. Whether the issue is a billing error, a technical access problem, a duplicate charge, or dissatisfaction with your evaluation outcome, our team can typically resolve it faster and more fairly than a bank dispute — and without risking your account status. If Support is unable to resolve your issue directly, please ask for a member of our Payments and Chargebacks team, or email [email protected].
Acknowledgment
By subscribing to or purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to these terms. Attempting to circumvent them by filing a chargeback for services already delivered may result in permanent platform restriction and, where applicable, legal action to recover disputed funds.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank — we're here to help resolve it directly.
Dispute & Chargeback Abuse Policy
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before contacting your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the opportunity to resolve billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns directly. Our support team can typically resolve these faster than a bank dispute.
What happens when a dispute is filed
When we're notified of a chargeback or payment dispute, our Payments team reviews the account and the circumstances of the charge, consistent with Section 7 (Payment Disputes for Delivered Services) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy. Depending on the outcome of that review:
- Accounts associated with the dispute may be suspended or restricted while the review is underway.
- Disputes involving Services that were already accessed or delivered may be treated as a breach of our Terms rather than a legitimate billing dispute. This may affect eligibility for evaluations, trading, or payouts, and may result in forfeiture of balances or payouts and permanent restriction from MFFU's Services, consistent with Section 5 (Termination by Company) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy and Section 16 (Termination) of our Terms.
- Where a dispute is found to involve Services already accessed or delivered, MFFU may also seek recovery of the disputed amount and associated costs, through the arbitration process described in our Terms or through other lawful means where arbitration does not apply.
We do not take action based on a chargeback notification alone. Every case is reviewed individually before any account decision is made.
How we respond to disputes
MFFU maintains transaction, login, and platform activity records, which may be used to support our review of a dispute and may be provided to our payment processor. We also monitor dispute activity in line with card network dispute-monitoring programs.
Before you file a dispute
− If something looks wrong on your statement such as a billing error, technical access issue, duplicate charge, or a concern about your evaluation outcome, please contact [email protected] first, consistent with Section 6 (Dispute Resolution for Payment Issues) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy. If support can't resolve it, ask to be connected with our Payments team, or email [email protected].
Controlling Documents
Capitalized terms used in this Policy that are not defined herein have the meanings given to them in MFFU's Terms and Conditions ("Terms"), available at myfundedfutures.com/terms.
This Policy is a summary provided for informational purposes and is incorporated into, and governed by, MFFU's Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Policy and the Terms or Cancellation & Refund Policy, the Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy shall control.
Acknowledgment
By purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to our Terms and our Cancellation & Refund Policy, which govern account eligibility, use, and payment disputes. Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit any right you may have under applicable law to dispute a charge with your card issuer or bank; it describes the consequences MFFU may pursue under its Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy where a dispute involves Services already accessed or delivered.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank, we're here to help resolve it directly.
After
Filing a chargeback against MFFU for legitimate services is a violation of MyFundedFutures' Terms of Use.
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before involving your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the chance to resolve the issue directly — most billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns can be fixed quickly through our support team.
If a chargeback or payment dispute is filed against your account:
- Immediate account freeze. All accounts associated with your profile — including active evaluations and funded accounts — will be frozen without prior notice while the dispute is reviewed.
- Loss of eligibility. Accounts tied to unresolved or fraudulent disputes are not eligible for evaluations, trading, or payout processing, etc.
- Permanent restriction. Users who file chargebacks for services that were delivered or accessed will be permanently barred from accessing their existing MFFU account/s, purchasing new evaluations, or opening new accounts with MFFU, etc.
- Treated as fraud where service was rendered. A chargeback filed after you have accessed your evaluation, simulated trading environment, or funded account is treated as a fraudulent dispute rather than a legitimate billing error, consistent with the Termination of Service section of our Terms of Service.
How we respond to disputes
- MFFU retains detailed transaction records, login/session logs, and platform activity data. These records are submitted to our payment processor to contest illegitimate or bad-faith claims.
- Every dispute is reviewed internally by our Payments and Chargebacks team before any account action is finalized — we don't act on a chargeback notification alone.
- We monitor dispute activity against card network thresholds (e.g., Visa's dispute-monitoring programs), and repeated abuse patterns are escalated accordingly.
Before you file a dispute
Section: Before you file a dispute
+ Contact [email protected] first. Whether the issue is a billing error, technical access problem, duplicate charge, or dissatisfaction with your evaluation outcome, our Support team can typically review and resolve the issue faster than a bank dispute.
+ If your issue requires further review, our Support team will escalate it to the appropriate team on your behalf.
Acknowledgment
By subscribing to or purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to these terms. Attempting to circumvent them by filing a chargeback for services already delivered may result in permanent platform restriction and, where applicable, legal action to recover disputed funds.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank — we're here to help resolve it directly.
Dispute & Chargeback Abuse Policy
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before contacting your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the opportunity to resolve billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns directly. Our support team can typically resolve these faster than a bank dispute.
What happens when a dispute is filed
When we're notified of a chargeback or payment dispute, our Payments team reviews the account and the circumstances of the charge, consistent with Section 7 (Payment Disputes for Delivered Services) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy. Depending on the outcome of that review:
- Accounts associated with the dispute may be suspended or restricted while the review is underway.
- Disputes involving Services that were already accessed or delivered may be treated as a breach of our Terms rather than a legitimate billing dispute. This may affect eligibility for evaluations, trading, or payouts, and may result in forfeiture of balances or payouts and permanent restriction from MFFU's Services, consistent with Section 5 (Termination by Company) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy and Section 16 (Termination) of our Terms.
- Where a dispute is found to involve Services already accessed or delivered, MFFU may also seek recovery of the disputed amount and associated costs, through the arbitration process described in our Terms or through other lawful means where arbitration does not apply.
We do not take action based on a chargeback notification alone. Every case is reviewed individually before any account decision is made.
How we respond to disputes
MFFU maintains transaction, login, and platform activity records, which may be used to support our review of a dispute and may be provided to our payment processor. We also monitor dispute activity in line with card network dispute-monitoring programs.
Before you file a dispute
+ If something looks wrong on your statement, such as a billing error, technical access issue, duplicate charge, or a concern about your evaluation outcome, please contact [email protected] first, consistent with Section 6 (Dispute Resolution for Payment Issues) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy.
+ If your issue requires further review, our Support team will escalate it to the appropriate team on your behalf.
Controlling Documents
Capitalized terms used in this Policy that are not defined herein have the meanings given to them in MFFU's Terms and Conditions ("Terms"), available at myfundedfutures.com/terms.
This Policy is a summary provided for informational purposes and is incorporated into, and governed by, MFFU's Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Policy and the Terms or Cancellation & Refund Policy, the Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy shall control.
Acknowledgment
By purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to our Terms and our Cancellation & Refund Policy, which govern account eligibility, use, and payment disputes. Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit any right you may have under applicable law to dispute a charge with your card issuer or bank; it describes the consequences MFFU may pursue under its Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy where a dispute involves Services already accessed or delivered.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank, we're here to help resolve it directly.
Filing a chargeback against MFFU for legitimate services is a violation of MyFundedFutures' Terms of Use.
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before involving your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the chance to resolve the issue directly — most billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns can be fixed quickly through our support team.
If a chargeback or payment dispute is filed against your account:
- Immediate account freeze. All accounts associated with your profile — including active evaluations and funded accounts — will be frozen without prior notice while the dispute is reviewed.
- Loss of eligibility. Accounts tied to unresolved or fraudulent disputes are not eligible for evaluations, trading, or payout processing, etc.
- Permanent restriction. Users who file chargebacks for services that were delivered or accessed will be permanently barred from accessing their existing MFFU account/s, purchasing new evaluations, or opening new accounts with MFFU, etc.
- Treated as fraud where service was rendered. A chargeback filed after you have accessed your evaluation, simulated trading environment, or funded account is treated as a fraudulent dispute rather than a legitimate billing error, consistent with the Termination of Service section of our Terms of Service.
How we respond to disputes
- MFFU retains detailed transaction records, login/session logs, and platform activity data. These records are submitted to our payment processor to contest illegitimate or bad-faith claims.
- Every dispute is reviewed internally by our Payments and Chargebacks team before any account action is finalized — we don't act on a chargeback notification alone.
- We monitor dispute activity against card network thresholds (e.g., Visa's dispute-monitoring programs), and repeated abuse patterns are escalated accordingly.
Before you file a dispute
Section: Before you file a dispute
− Contact [email protected] first. Whether the issue is a billing error, a technical access problem, a duplicate charge, or dissatisfaction with your evaluation outcome, our team can typically resolve it faster and more fairly than a bank dispute — and without risking your account status. If Support is unable to resolve your issue directly, please ask for a member of our Payments and Chargebacks team, or email [email protected].
+ Contact [email protected] first. Whether the issue is a billing error, technical access problem, duplicate charge, or dissatisfaction with your evaluation outcome, our Support team can typically review and resolve the issue faster than a bank dispute.
+ If your issue requires further review, our Support team will escalate it to the appropriate team on your behalf.
Acknowledgment
By subscribing to or purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to these terms. Attempting to circumvent them by filing a chargeback for services already delivered may result in permanent platform restriction and, where applicable, legal action to recover disputed funds.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank — we're here to help resolve it directly.
Dispute & Chargeback Abuse Policy
MyFundedFutures (MFFU) is committed to fair billing and responsive support. Before contacting your bank or card issuer, we ask that you give us the opportunity to resolve billing, access, or evaluation-related concerns directly. Our support team can typically resolve these faster than a bank dispute.
What happens when a dispute is filed
When we're notified of a chargeback or payment dispute, our Payments team reviews the account and the circumstances of the charge, consistent with Section 7 (Payment Disputes for Delivered Services) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy. Depending on the outcome of that review:
- Accounts associated with the dispute may be suspended or restricted while the review is underway.
- Disputes involving Services that were already accessed or delivered may be treated as a breach of our Terms rather than a legitimate billing dispute. This may affect eligibility for evaluations, trading, or payouts, and may result in forfeiture of balances or payouts and permanent restriction from MFFU's Services, consistent with Section 5 (Termination by Company) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy and Section 16 (Termination) of our Terms.
- Where a dispute is found to involve Services already accessed or delivered, MFFU may also seek recovery of the disputed amount and associated costs, through the arbitration process described in our Terms or through other lawful means where arbitration does not apply.
We do not take action based on a chargeback notification alone. Every case is reviewed individually before any account decision is made.
How we respond to disputes
MFFU maintains transaction, login, and platform activity records, which may be used to support our review of a dispute and may be provided to our payment processor. We also monitor dispute activity in line with card network dispute-monitoring programs.
Before you file a dispute
− If something looks wrong on your statement such as a billing error, technical access issue, duplicate charge, or a concern about your evaluation outcome, please contact [email protected] first, consistent with Section 6 (Dispute Resolution for Payment Issues) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy. If support can't resolve it, ask to be connected with our Payments team, or email [email protected].
+ If something looks wrong on your statement, such as a billing error, technical access issue, duplicate charge, or a concern about your evaluation outcome, please contact [email protected] first, consistent with Section 6 (Dispute Resolution for Payment Issues) of our Cancellation & Refund Policy.
+ If your issue requires further review, our Support team will escalate it to the appropriate team on your behalf.
Controlling Documents
Capitalized terms used in this Policy that are not defined herein have the meanings given to them in MFFU's Terms and Conditions ("Terms"), available at myfundedfutures.com/terms.
This Policy is a summary provided for informational purposes and is incorporated into, and governed by, MFFU's Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Policy and the Terms or Cancellation & Refund Policy, the Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy shall control.
Acknowledgment
By purchasing an evaluation from MFFU, you agree to our Terms and our Cancellation & Refund Policy, which govern account eligibility, use, and payment disputes. Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit any right you may have under applicable law to dispute a charge with your card issuer or bank; it describes the consequences MFFU may pursue under its Terms and Cancellation & Refund Policy where a dispute involves Services already accessed or delivered.
Questions about a specific charge? Reach out to [email protected] before contacting your bank, we're here to help resolve it directly.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Rapid EOD 25k - A Comprehensive Look | My Funded Futures Help CenterSep 2
PremierTopstep · Risk Adjustments: High Risk/High Volatility | Topstep Help CenterMicro Gold (MGC) contract limits changed from 30/60/90 to 5/10/15; new $1.5K Challenge restrictions added; wording changed from "For" to "In" for three challenges.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account |
|---|
Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 30/60/90E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 30/60/90Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products
Section: Current Restrictions
− - For the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
− - For the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MGH, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
− - For the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- E-Mini Crude Oil (QM)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
- Micro Silver (SIL)
After
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account |
|---|
Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 30/60/90E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 30/60/90Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products
Section: Current Restrictions
+ - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
+ - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MGH, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
+ - In the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
+ - In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- E-Mini Crude Oil (QM)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
- Micro Silver (SIL)
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account |
|---|
Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 30/60/90E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 30/60/90Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products
Section: Current Restrictions
− - For the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
− - For the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MGH, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
− - For the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
+ - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
+ - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MGH, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
+ - In the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
+ - In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- E-Mini Crude Oil (QM)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
- Micro Silver (SIL)
PremierTopstep · TopstepX™ | Topstep Help CenterWording only.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Prevents new entries | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Manage existing trades | Yes | No |
The Tilt™
The Tilt™
The Tilt is Topstep's proprietary real-time sentiment indicator showing the long/short positioning of all Funded Traders on TopstepX. It gives you a visual breakdown of buy and sell interest for ES, NQ, CL, and GC — updated every 10 seconds using Express Funded Account data.
How to Access
The Tilt is enabled by default in the bottom panel. If you don't see it, click the "+" icon in the top-right corner and select The Tilt. If it's still missing, use Reset Layout to restore defaults — note this may remove any custom layouts you've saved.
Best Practices
- Use alongside technical analysis and risk management — not as a replacement
- Reflects Topstep funded trader positioning only, not the broader market
- Sentiment shifts quickly; always factor in current market context like news and volatility
Confirm Account Switching
Section: Confirm Account Switching
Ensure you’re trading the right account be turning on Confirm Account Switching.
Settings —> Charts & Data —> Confirm Account Switching
Distance to MLL
Distance to MLL
Swap your header display from your Maximum Loss Limit balance to your distance from it — how much room you have left before you hit it.
Setup: Settings → Misc → toggle Distance to MLL.
General Troubleshooting
If you’re experiencing latency or slow performance:
- Lower your Data Speed (Slow or Medium Recommended)
- Remove indicators and add them back one at a time
- Reduce the number of active indicators
- If you’re on mobile, try using another device such as a laptop or desktop
After
| Prevents new entries | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Manage existing trades | Yes | No |
The Tilt™
The Tilt™
The Tilt is Topstep's proprietary real-time sentiment indicator showing the long/short positioning of all Funded Traders on TopstepX. It gives you a visual breakdown of buy and sell interest for ES, NQ, CL, and GC — updated every 10 seconds using Express Funded Account data.
How to Access
The Tilt is enabled by default in the bottom panel. If you don't see it, click the "+" icon in the top-right corner and select The Tilt. If it's still missing, use Reset Layout to restore defaults — note this may remove any custom layouts you've saved.
Best Practices
- Use alongside technical analysis and risk management — not as a replacement
- Reflects Topstep funded trader positioning only, not the broader market
- Sentiment shifts quickly; always factor in current market context like news and volatility
Confirm Account Switching
Section: Confirm Account Switching
+ Confirm Account Switching
Ensure you’re trading the right account be turning on Confirm Account Switching.
Settings —> Charts & Data —> Confirm Account Switching
Distance to MLL
Distance to MLL
Swap your header display from your Maximum Loss Limit balance to your distance from it — how much room you have left before you hit it.
Setup: Settings → Misc → toggle Distance to MLL.
General Troubleshooting
If you’re experiencing latency or slow performance:
- Lower your Data Speed (Slow or Medium Recommended)
- Remove indicators and add them back one at a time
- Reduce the number of active indicators
- If you’re on mobile, try using another device such as a laptop or desktop
| Prevents new entries | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|
| Manage existing trades | Yes | No |
The Tilt™
The Tilt™
The Tilt is Topstep's proprietary real-time sentiment indicator showing the long/short positioning of all Funded Traders on TopstepX. It gives you a visual breakdown of buy and sell interest for ES, NQ, CL, and GC — updated every 10 seconds using Express Funded Account data.
How to Access
The Tilt is enabled by default in the bottom panel. If you don't see it, click the "+" icon in the top-right corner and select The Tilt. If it's still missing, use Reset Layout to restore defaults — note this may remove any custom layouts you've saved.
Best Practices
- Use alongside technical analysis and risk management — not as a replacement
- Reflects Topstep funded trader positioning only, not the broader market
- Sentiment shifts quickly; always factor in current market context like news and volatility
Confirm Account Switching
Section: Confirm Account Switching
+ Confirm Account Switching
Ensure you’re trading the right account be turning on Confirm Account Switching.
Settings —> Charts & Data —> Confirm Account Switching
Distance to MLL
Distance to MLL
Swap your header display from your Maximum Loss Limit balance to your distance from it — how much room you have left before you hit it.
Setup: Settings → Misc → toggle Distance to MLL.
General Troubleshooting
If you’re experiencing latency or slow performance:
- Lower your Data Speed (Slow or Medium Recommended)
- Remove indicators and add them back one at a time
- Reduce the number of active indicators
- If you’re on mobile, try using another device such as a laptop or desktop
PremierTopstep · Topstep Labs | Topstep Help CenterAdded $1.5K Challenge program launching September 2026, plus removed one line and reformatted table headers.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
👉 You can also visit topstep.com/labs to see what's live and sign up to stay in the know.
How Topstep Labs Works
- We drop an experiment. A new Labs offering goes live as a limited drop.
- You trade it. Real Traders, real data. This is how we find out if an idea actually works.
- We see what works. Some experiments make it out of the lab and into the full Topstep program.
The Scientist Behind Labs
Topstep acquired Futures Desk because we knew how much they cared about the development of futures Traders. Josh Schwartzberg was the man behind Futures Desk — and now he's the Head Scientist behind Topstep Labs.
"We built Futures Desk because we believed traders deserved a better way to learn. Topstep Labs gives us the opportunity to bring those ideas to life at Topstep's scale. A place to test new opportunities, explore new ideas, and help traders become better traders."
Josh Schwartzberg
CEO, Futures Desk — Topstep Labs Head Scientist
Topstep Labs Drops
Check here for Topstep Labs offering details. Once something drops, we'll list it here.
Section: Topstep Labs Drops
−
| Initiative | Launch Date |
|---|---|
| #001 - $25K Static Drawdown Trading Combine® | June 2026 |
| #002 - $250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine® | July 2026 |
| #003 - $3K Challenge | August 2026 |
$25K Static Trading Combine Parameters
The first program under Topstep Labs. A one-time-fee evaluation with $25,000 in buying power and a static Maximum Loss Limit — your drawdown floor never moves, so your effective room grows as your account does.
Phase 1: Trading Combine®
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Buying Power | $25,000 |
| Profit Target | $2,000 |
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Max Contracts | 2 mini / 20 micro |
| Consistency Target | 50% |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
| Funded Activation Fee | Free |
| Price | $75 one-time — no subscription. 90 Day expiration. |
| Resets | Not Available |
−
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Accounts Available for Purchase | Quantities Limited |
Phase 2: Express Funded Account® (XFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|
| Path | Choose Consistency or Standard |
| Payout Cap | $4,000 |
Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥)After first Payout, MLL sets to $0
| Max Contracts: | 2 mini / 20 micro (no scaling) |
|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
Phase 3: Live Funded Account® (LFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Tier Size | $25,000 |
| Starting Balance | $5,000 minimum |
| Daily Loss Limit | Mandatory $500 |
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Contracts | 10 micros / 1 mini | 10 micros / 1 mini |
| Consistency Target | None | None |
| Activation Fee | — | Free |
| Path | — | Standard only |
| Scaling Plan | — | None |
| Resets | None | None |
| Payout | None — passing advances you to the Payout Round | Fixed $3,000, paid one time. No 90/10 split. |
| After the Payout | — | Account closes out. One and done. |
You can have up to 5 active Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That’s separate from the 5 Express Funded Account (XFA) limit. There is no limit on how many Challenges you can have in the Challenge Round.
Section: $1.5K Challenge Parameters
👉 For all Labs offerings, be sure to check the Risk Adjustments article to see how high-risk products and CPI restrictions may affect your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
$25K Static Trading Combine
What does "static drawdown" mean, and how is it different from trailing drawdown?
Topstep uses 2 types of drawdown. Here's how each works using the same scenario: a Trader starts with a $25,000 balance and a $1,000 Max Loss Limit, earns $1,000 in profit (balance hits $26,000), then loses $500 (balance ends at $25,500).
- End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (standard Topstep Trading Combines): The Max Loss Limit trails the end-of-day closing balance — not intraday peaks. Trader ends at $25,500, limit moves to $24,500. They start the next day with $1,000 of room.
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
If I’m already in an LFA, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
Yes! You can still trade, pass, and activate the Payout round, even if you're in an Live Funded Account.
If I'm already in a Pro Account, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
If you're already in a Pro Account, you can still purchase and trade the $3K Challenge in the Challenge Round phase. Passing the Challenge Round doesn't require you to give up your Pro Account, and the new account follows the standard five account Payout Round limit once it's eligible.
What happens if I want a refund?
Our standard Topstep Refund Policies apply.
What are the rules on inactivity?
If there are no trades placed for 30 days, the account will close.
Is there an expiration date?
The account will expire and close after 90 days.
Are there restricted products for the $3K Challenge?
Yes. You cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros Learn more here.
Section: $1.5K Challenge
After
👉 You can also visit topstep.com/labs to see what's live and sign up to stay in the know.
How Topstep Labs Works
- We drop an experiment. A new Labs offering goes live as a limited drop.
- You trade it. Real Traders, real data. This is how we find out if an idea actually works.
- We see what works. Some experiments make it out of the lab and into the full Topstep program.
The Scientist Behind Labs
Topstep acquired Futures Desk because we knew how much they cared about the development of futures Traders. Josh Schwartzberg was the man behind Futures Desk — and now he's the Head Scientist behind Topstep Labs.
"We built Futures Desk because we believed traders deserved a better way to learn. Topstep Labs gives us the opportunity to bring those ideas to life at Topstep's scale. A place to test new opportunities, explore new ideas, and help traders become better traders."
Josh Schwartzberg
CEO, Futures Desk — Topstep Labs Head Scientist
Topstep Labs Drops
Check here for Topstep Labs offering details. Once something drops, we'll list it here.
Section: Topstep Labs Drops
+
| Initiative | Launch Date | |
|---|---|---|
| Labs Drop | Initiative | Launch Date | |
| #001 | $25K Static Drawdown Trading Combine® | June 2026 |
| #002 | $250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine® | July 2026 |
| #003 | $3K Challenge | August 2026 |
| #004 | $1.5K Challenge | September 2026 |
$25K Static Trading Combine Parameters
The first program under Topstep Labs. A one-time-fee evaluation with $25,000 in buying power and a static Maximum Loss Limit — your drawdown floor never moves, so your effective room grows as your account does.
Phase 1: Trading Combine®
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Buying Power | $25,000 |
| Profit Target | $2,000 |
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Max Contracts | 2 mini / 20 micro |
| Consistency Target | 50% |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
| Funded Activation Fee | Free |
| Price | $75 one-time — no subscription. 90 Day expiration. |
| Resets | Not Available |
Phase 2: Express Funded Account® (XFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|
| Path | Choose Consistency or Standard |
| Payout Cap | $4,000 |
Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥)After first Payout, MLL sets to $0
| Max Contracts: | 2 mini / 20 micro (no scaling) |
|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
Phase 3: Live Funded Account® (LFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Tier Size | $25,000 |
| Starting Balance | $5,000 minimum |
| Daily Loss Limit | Mandatory $500 |
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Contracts | 10 micros / 1 mini | 10 micros / 1 mini |
| Consistency Target | None | None |
| Activation Fee | — | Free |
| Path | — | Standard only |
| Scaling Plan | — | None |
| Resets | None | None |
| Payout | None — passing advances you to the Payout Round | Fixed $3,000, paid one time. No 90/10 split. |
| After the Payout | — | Account closes out. One and done. |
You can have up to 5 active Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That’s separate from the 5 Express Funded Account (XFA) limit. There is no limit on how many Challenges you can have in the Challenge Round.
Section: $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+ $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+ Make $1,500. Do it again. Keep $1,500. $39, one time. The $1.5K Challenge is a 2-round challenge with no Consistency Target and no Daily Loss Limit — just a static drawdown and a target. Clear the Challenge Round, advance to the Payout Round. Passing the Payout Round earns a fixed $1,500 Payout. Paid once. Then the account closes out.
+ The $1,500 is a set Payout for finishing the Challenge. It isn't tied to your account balance, and there's no 90/10 split — you keep all $1,500.
+ $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+
| Parameter | Challenge Round | Payout Round |
|---|---|---|
| Starting Balance | $0 | $0 |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $1,500 |
| Max Loss Limit | $500 (static, non-trailing 🔥) | $500 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Contracts | 2 micro (no minis) | 2 micro (no minis) |
| Consistency Target | None | None |
| Activation Fee | — | Free |
| Path | — | Standard only |
| Scaling Plan | — | None |
| Resets | None | None |
| Payout | None — passing advances you to the Payout Round | Fixed $1,500, paid one time. No 90/10 split. |
| After the Payout | — | Account closes out. One and done. |
| Purchase Limit | 5 per Trader | — |
👉 For all Labs offerings, be sure to check the Risk Adjustments article to see how high-risk products and CPI restrictions may affect your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
$25K Static Trading Combine
What does "static drawdown" mean, and how is it different from trailing drawdown?
Topstep uses 2 types of drawdown. Here's how each works using the same scenario: a Trader starts with a $25,000 balance and a $1,000 Max Loss Limit, earns $1,000 in profit (balance hits $26,000), then loses $500 (balance ends at $25,500).
- End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (standard Topstep Trading Combines): The Max Loss Limit trails the end-of-day closing balance — not intraday peaks. Trader ends at $25,500, limit moves to $24,500. They start the next day with $1,000 of room.
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
If I’m already in an LFA, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
Yes! You can still trade, pass, and activate the Payout round, even if you're in an Live Funded Account.
If I'm already in a Pro Account, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
If you're already in a Pro Account, you can still purchase and trade the $3K Challenge in the Challenge Round phase. Passing the Challenge Round doesn't require you to give up your Pro Account, and the new account follows the standard five account Payout Round limit once it's eligible.
What happens if I want a refund?
Our standard Topstep Refund Policies apply.
What are the rules on inactivity?
If there are no trades placed for 30 days, the account will close.
Is there an expiration date?
The account will expire and close after 90 days.
Are there restricted products for the $3K Challenge?
Yes. You cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros Learn more here.
Section: $1.5K Challenge
+ $1.5K Challenge
+ How much does it cost?
+ $39, one time. No Rebills, no Resets.
+ Can I buy more than one?
+ Yes, you can purchase up to 5 $1.5K Challenges per Trader. Once you reach that limit, you cannot buy additional $1.5K Challenges, even if some of your accounts have closed.
+ How does the account move from Challenge Round to Payout Round, and how do you earn a Payout?
+ In the Challenge Round, you trade freely until you hit the $1,500 Profit Target. Once hit, trading is locked for that account and the account status is "passed". In the dashboard, you will then be able to activate the Payout Round, which will display as a new and separate account. Trade the Payout Round the same way, with the same rules. Upon hitting the $1,500 Profit Target, the Payout Round account will be locked for trading, and you'll see an option to request the $1,500 Payout in your dashboard. That's it!
+ Is there a Payout cap on the $1.5K Challenge account?
+ There is no Payout cap in this experiment, the Challenge is for a fixed $1,500 Payout, no 90/10 split, paid one time. There will not be a remaining account balance, and the account will be closed upon completion.
+ What happens if I'm called up to Live?
+ You can't be called up to Live solely as a result of trading Challenges. If you are called up to Live as a result of your performance in Express Funded Accounts, your Challenges and Payout Round stay open and eligible.
+ If I'm already in an LFA, can I still trade the $1.5K Challenge?
+ Yes! You can still trade, pass, and activate the Payout Round, even if you're in a Live Funded Account.
+ If I'm already in a Pro Account, can I still trade the $1.5K Challenge?
+ If you're already in a Pro Account, you can still purchase and trade the $1.5K Challenge in the Challenge Round phase. Passing the Challenge Round doesn't require you to give up your Pro Account, and the new account follows the standard five account Payout Round limit once it's eligible.
+ What happens if I want a refund?
+ Our standard Topstep Refund Policies apply.
+ What are the rules on inactivity?
+ If there are no trades placed for 30 days, the account will close.
+ Is there an expiration date?
+ The account will expire and close after 90 days.
+ Are there restricted products for the $1.5K Challenge?
+ Yes. In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Learn more here.
👉 You can also visit topstep.com/labs to see what's live and sign up to stay in the know.
How Topstep Labs Works
- We drop an experiment. A new Labs offering goes live as a limited drop.
- You trade it. Real Traders, real data. This is how we find out if an idea actually works.
- We see what works. Some experiments make it out of the lab and into the full Topstep program.
The Scientist Behind Labs
Topstep acquired Futures Desk because we knew how much they cared about the development of futures Traders. Josh Schwartzberg was the man behind Futures Desk — and now he's the Head Scientist behind Topstep Labs.
"We built Futures Desk because we believed traders deserved a better way to learn. Topstep Labs gives us the opportunity to bring those ideas to life at Topstep's scale. A place to test new opportunities, explore new ideas, and help traders become better traders."
Josh Schwartzberg
CEO, Futures Desk — Topstep Labs Head Scientist
Topstep Labs Drops
Check here for Topstep Labs offering details. Once something drops, we'll list it here.
Section: Topstep Labs Drops
−
| Initiative | Launch Date |
|---|---|
| #001 - $25K Static Drawdown Trading Combine® | June 2026 |
| #002 - $250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine® | July 2026 |
| #003 - $3K Challenge | August 2026 |
+
| Initiative | Launch Date | |
|---|---|---|
| Labs Drop | Initiative | Launch Date | |
| #001 | $25K Static Drawdown Trading Combine® | June 2026 |
| #002 | $250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine® | July 2026 |
| #003 | $3K Challenge | August 2026 |
| #004 | $1.5K Challenge | September 2026 |
$25K Static Trading Combine Parameters
The first program under Topstep Labs. A one-time-fee evaluation with $25,000 in buying power and a static Maximum Loss Limit — your drawdown floor never moves, so your effective room grows as your account does.
Phase 1: Trading Combine®
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Buying Power | $25,000 |
| Profit Target | $2,000 |
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Max Contracts | 2 mini / 20 micro |
| Consistency Target | 50% |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
| Funded Activation Fee | Free |
| Price | $75 one-time — no subscription. 90 Day expiration. |
| Resets | Not Available |
−
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Accounts Available for Purchase | Quantities Limited |
Phase 2: Express Funded Account® (XFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|
| Path | Choose Consistency or Standard |
| Payout Cap | $4,000 |
Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥)After first Payout, MLL sets to $0
| Max Contracts: | 2 mini / 20 micro (no scaling) |
|---|---|
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | Mandatory $500 |
Phase 3: Live Funded Account® (LFA)
| Parameter | Value |
|---|---|
| Tier Size | $25,000 |
| Starting Balance | $5,000 minimum |
| Daily Loss Limit | Mandatory $500 |
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|
| Max Loss Limit | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) | $1,000 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Contracts | 10 micros / 1 mini | 10 micros / 1 mini |
| Consistency Target | None | None |
| Activation Fee | — | Free |
| Path | — | Standard only |
| Scaling Plan | — | None |
| Resets | None | None |
| Payout | None — passing advances you to the Payout Round | Fixed $3,000, paid one time. No 90/10 split. |
| After the Payout | — | Account closes out. One and done. |
You can have up to 5 active Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That’s separate from the 5 Express Funded Account (XFA) limit. There is no limit on how many Challenges you can have in the Challenge Round.
Section: $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+ $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+ Make $1,500. Do it again. Keep $1,500. $39, one time. The $1.5K Challenge is a 2-round challenge with no Consistency Target and no Daily Loss Limit — just a static drawdown and a target. Clear the Challenge Round, advance to the Payout Round. Passing the Payout Round earns a fixed $1,500 Payout. Paid once. Then the account closes out.
+ The $1,500 is a set Payout for finishing the Challenge. It isn't tied to your account balance, and there's no 90/10 split — you keep all $1,500.
+ $1.5K Challenge Parameters
+
| Parameter | Challenge Round | Payout Round |
|---|---|---|
| Starting Balance | $0 | $0 |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $1,500 |
| Max Loss Limit | $500 (static, non-trailing 🔥) | $500 (static, non-trailing 🔥) |
| Daily Loss Limit (DLL) | None | None |
| Max Contracts | 2 micro (no minis) | 2 micro (no minis) |
| Consistency Target | None | None |
| Activation Fee | — | Free |
| Path | — | Standard only |
| Scaling Plan | — | None |
| Resets | None | None |
| Payout | None — passing advances you to the Payout Round | Fixed $1,500, paid one time. No 90/10 split. |
| After the Payout | — | Account closes out. One and done. |
| Purchase Limit | 5 per Trader | — |
👉 For all Labs offerings, be sure to check the Risk Adjustments article to see how high-risk products and CPI restrictions may affect your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
$25K Static Trading Combine
What does "static drawdown" mean, and how is it different from trailing drawdown?
Topstep uses 2 types of drawdown. Here's how each works using the same scenario: a Trader starts with a $25,000 balance and a $1,000 Max Loss Limit, earns $1,000 in profit (balance hits $26,000), then loses $500 (balance ends at $25,500).
- End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing (standard Topstep Trading Combines): The Max Loss Limit trails the end-of-day closing balance — not intraday peaks. Trader ends at $25,500, limit moves to $24,500. They start the next day with $1,000 of room.
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
If I’m already in an LFA, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
Yes! You can still trade, pass, and activate the Payout round, even if you're in an Live Funded Account.
If I'm already in a Pro Account, can I still trade the $3K Challenge?
If you're already in a Pro Account, you can still purchase and trade the $3K Challenge in the Challenge Round phase. Passing the Challenge Round doesn't require you to give up your Pro Account, and the new account follows the standard five account Payout Round limit once it's eligible.
What happens if I want a refund?
Our standard Topstep Refund Policies apply.
What are the rules on inactivity?
If there are no trades placed for 30 days, the account will close.
Is there an expiration date?
The account will expire and close after 90 days.
Are there restricted products for the $3K Challenge?
Yes. You cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros Learn more here.
Section: $1.5K Challenge
+ $1.5K Challenge
+ How much does it cost?
+ $39, one time. No Rebills, no Resets.
+ Can I buy more than one?
+ Yes, you can purchase up to 5 $1.5K Challenges per Trader. Once you reach that limit, you cannot buy additional $1.5K Challenges, even if some of your accounts have closed.
+ How does the account move from Challenge Round to Payout Round, and how do you earn a Payout?
+ In the Challenge Round, you trade freely until you hit the $1,500 Profit Target. Once hit, trading is locked for that account and the account status is "passed". In the dashboard, you will then be able to activate the Payout Round, which will display as a new and separate account. Trade the Payout Round the same way, with the same rules. Upon hitting the $1,500 Profit Target, the Payout Round account will be locked for trading, and you'll see an option to request the $1,500 Payout in your dashboard. That's it!
+ Is there a Payout cap on the $1.5K Challenge account?
+ There is no Payout cap in this experiment, the Challenge is for a fixed $1,500 Payout, no 90/10 split, paid one time. There will not be a remaining account balance, and the account will be closed upon completion.
+ What happens if I'm called up to Live?
+ You can't be called up to Live solely as a result of trading Challenges. If you are called up to Live as a result of your performance in Express Funded Accounts, your Challenges and Payout Round stay open and eligible.
+ If I'm already in an LFA, can I still trade the $1.5K Challenge?
+ Yes! You can still trade, pass, and activate the Payout Round, even if you're in a Live Funded Account.
+ If I'm already in a Pro Account, can I still trade the $1.5K Challenge?
+ If you're already in a Pro Account, you can still purchase and trade the $1.5K Challenge in the Challenge Round phase. Passing the Challenge Round doesn't require you to give up your Pro Account, and the new account follows the standard five account Payout Round limit once it's eligible.
+ What happens if I want a refund?
+ Our standard Topstep Refund Policies apply.
+ What are the rules on inactivity?
+ If there are no trades placed for 30 days, the account will close.
+ Is there an expiration date?
+ The account will expire and close after 90 days.
+ Are there restricted products for the $1.5K Challenge?
+ Yes. In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during CPI is also restricted to 0. Learn more here.
PremierTradeDay · Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?Added note that NinjaTrader Desktop is not supported with Rithmic accounts and removed mention of R|Trader Pro and Quantower platforms.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Section: Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
− Modified on Wed, 19 Aug at 9:17 AM
→ Click on any of the platforms below to learn more about each one.
CQG Platforms
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
- TradingView & Jigsaw (You will need your own license for each)
Rithmic Platforms
- R|Trader Pro
- Quantower - Rithmic
- ATAS
- Motivewave
- BookMap
- Jigsaw - Rithmic
- Sierra Chart
- EdgeProX
- Finamark
- Volfix
- WealthCharts
- Multicharts
After
- Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Section: Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
+ Modified on Wed, 2 Sep at 11:08 AM
→ Click on any of the platforms below to learn more about each one.
CQG Platforms
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
- TradingView & Jigsaw (You will need your own license for each)
Rithmic Platforms
+ Please note that we do not support NinjaTrader Desktop with Rithmic accounts. Users who wish to use NinjaTrader Desktop must have a Tradovate/CQG account.
- R|Trader Pro
- Quantower - Rithmic
- ATAS
- Motivewave
- BookMap
- Jigsaw - Rithmic
- Sierra Chart
- EdgeProX
- Finamark
- Volfix
- WealthCharts
- Multicharts
- Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
Section: Which Trading Platforms Does TradeDay use?
− Modified on Wed, 19 Aug at 9:17 AM
+ Modified on Wed, 2 Sep at 11:08 AM
→ Click on any of the platforms below to learn more about each one.
CQG Platforms
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
- TradingView & Jigsaw (You will need your own license for each)
Rithmic Platforms
+ Please note that we do not support NinjaTrader Desktop with Rithmic accounts. Users who wish to use NinjaTrader Desktop must have a Tradovate/CQG account.
- R|Trader Pro
- Quantower - Rithmic
- ATAS
- Motivewave
- BookMap
- Jigsaw - Rithmic
- Sierra Chart
- EdgeProX
- Finamark
- Volfix
- WealthCharts
- Multicharts
PremierTradeify · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved references to "Tradeify 247" product name in three locations; replaced with "Tradeify.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
After
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
− Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
+ Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
+ Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterMinimum Payout changed from N/A to $250 for one policy category.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility |
|---|---|---|
| 25K Cap | $1,250 | $600 |
| 50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250 |
| 100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750 |
| 150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500 |
| Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee |
| Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split |
Withdrawal Eligibility
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Balance | No | N/A |
| Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600) |
| Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier) |
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
−
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Payout | N/A | $250 |
| Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle |
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
| Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro |
| 100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro |
| 150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
After
| Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility |
|---|---|---|
| 25K Cap | $1,250 | $600 |
| 50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250 |
| 100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750 |
| 150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500 |
| Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee |
| Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split |
Withdrawal Eligibility
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Balance | No | N/A |
| Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600) |
| Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier) |
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
+
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Payout | $250 | $250 |
| Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle |
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
| Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro |
| 100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro |
| 150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
| Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility |
|---|---|---|
| 25K Cap | $1,250 | $600 |
| 50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250 |
| 100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750 |
| 150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500 |
| Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee |
| Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split |
Withdrawal Eligibility
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Balance | No | N/A |
| Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600) |
| Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier) |
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
−
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Payout | N/A | $250 |
+
| Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy |
|---|---|---|
| Minimum Payout | $250 | $250 |
| Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle |
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
| Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts |
|---|---|---|
| 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro |
| 50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro |
| 100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro |
| 150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
HUnlistedHolaPrime · Hola Prime Direct Futures AccountStop-loss requirement changed from 3-minute deadline to mandatory on every trade; max loss limit calculation changed from $4,000 to $2,000 drawdown; locked limit example corrected from $100,000 to $50,000.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Challenge-based Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts (after passing Prime) inherit most of the challenge rules and structure.
- Direct Accounts operate under a separate rule set, designed for professional and experienced traders who are granted full earning potential from Day 1.
These Direct rules (detailed on the Hola Prime Futures Trading Rules page) include additional conditions because there are no evaluation phases and no profit targets, yet you can start earning immediately.
Pricing Rationale
The Direct Account is more expensive than standard challenges because it skips evaluation entirely and places you straight into a Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account. You pay a premium for:
- Bypassing multiple evaluation steps
- Avoiding time spent passing challenges
- Gaining instant access to a funded-style account from the outset
For traders who value speed and certainty, the higher price reflects this accelerated path and immediate access.
Risk Management Expectations
Stop-Loss Usage
A Stop-Loss order is a valuable risk management tool designed to limit potential losses by automatically closing a trade when the price reaches a predetermined level.
Section: Stop-Loss Usage
− On Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) accounts, the risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance (for DX Futures) and 2% of the initial account balance (for Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts). Therefore, traders are required to define this risk by placing a stop loss within 3 minutes of opening a position or prior to closing the position, whichever occurs earlier.
Traders who implement stop losses tend to achieve greater long-term success compared to those who don’t. Therefore, we strongly recommend incorporating stop losses into your trading.
Trading Rules - Account Violations
Daily Loss Limit
Daily Loss Limit is the maximum amount a trader is allowed to lose in a day. For the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account issued under the Direct Model, this limit is set at 2.5% of the previous day's closing balance. It is a soft breach. In case a client reaches or surpasses the daily loss limit, then trading will be temporarily disabled until the following day, and any open trades will be automatically closed.
The Formula: Daily Loss Limit = Previous Day's Closing Balance - (Previous Day's Closing Balance × 2.5%)
Calculation: The loss for the day is the sum of your current floating PnL plus the total PnL of closed trades for that day.
Example 1: Setting the Daily Limit
Starting Balance = $100,000
- Scenario: At the end of Day 2, your closing balance is $110,000.
- Calculation: 2.5% of $110,000 is $2,500.
- The Limit: On Day 3, your equity can never drop below $107,500 ($110,000 – $2,500).
- Outcome: If your equity falls below $107,500 at any moment, the account is terminated.
Daily Reset Timer: The Daily Loss Limit resets every day at 17:00 EST server time. You can always monitor the reset timer on your Hola Prime dashboard to see exactly when your daily loss limit resets. `
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing):
The Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) is the amount your account's equity or balance can't go below. For Direct Accounts, this limit is set at 4% of your initial account balance. This 4% trails the High Water Mark until the trader reaches 4% profits in the account. Once they have achieved 4% profit in the account, the max trailing lock in at the starting balance and no longer trails the account.
The Formula
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) = High Water Mark – (Initial Balance × 4%)
Example 1: Initial Setup
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Calculation: 4% of $50,000 is $2,000.
- The Limit: Your account equity or balance can never drop below $48,000 ($50,000 – $2,000).
Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $51,000 (New High Water Mark).
Section: Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
− - New Limit: Your max. Loss limit (trailing) moves up to $98,000 ($102,000 – $4,000).
Important: If you then close a trade with a $500 loss and your balance drops to $50,500, your limit remains at $49,000 because the drawdown trails the peak (High Water Mark), not the current balance.
Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $52,000 (4% growth).
Section: Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
− - Locked Limit: Your max loss limit (trailing) is now locked at your starting balance of $100,000.
- Outcome: Whether it is day 1 or day 50, if your equity or balance falls below $50,000, the account is terminated.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
− - A stop loss must be placed within 3 minutes of opening a position or before closing the position, whichever occurs first.
− - If no stop loss is placed within this timeframe, the position is considered to have infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
After
- Challenge-based Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts (after passing Prime) inherit most of the challenge rules and structure.
- Direct Accounts operate under a separate rule set, designed for professional and experienced traders who are granted full earning potential from Day 1.
These Direct rules (detailed on the Hola Prime Futures Trading Rules page) include additional conditions because there are no evaluation phases and no profit targets, yet you can start earning immediately.
Pricing Rationale
The Direct Account is more expensive than standard challenges because it skips evaluation entirely and places you straight into a Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account. You pay a premium for:
- Bypassing multiple evaluation steps
- Avoiding time spent passing challenges
- Gaining instant access to a funded-style account from the outset
For traders who value speed and certainty, the higher price reflects this accelerated path and immediate access.
Risk Management Expectations
Stop-Loss Usage
A Stop-Loss order is a valuable risk management tool designed to limit potential losses by automatically closing a trade when the price reaches a predetermined level.
Section: Stop-Loss Usage
+ On Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) accounts, the risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance (for DX Futures) and 2% of the initial account balance (for Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts). A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
Traders who implement stop losses tend to achieve greater long-term success compared to those who don’t. Therefore, we strongly recommend incorporating stop losses into your trading.
Trading Rules - Account Violations
Daily Loss Limit
Daily Loss Limit is the maximum amount a trader is allowed to lose in a day. For the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account issued under the Direct Model, this limit is set at 2.5% of the previous day's closing balance. It is a soft breach. In case a client reaches or surpasses the daily loss limit, then trading will be temporarily disabled until the following day, and any open trades will be automatically closed.
The Formula: Daily Loss Limit = Previous Day's Closing Balance - (Previous Day's Closing Balance × 2.5%)
Calculation: The loss for the day is the sum of your current floating PnL plus the total PnL of closed trades for that day.
Example 1: Setting the Daily Limit
Starting Balance = $100,000
- Scenario: At the end of Day 2, your closing balance is $110,000.
- Calculation: 2.5% of $110,000 is $2,500.
- The Limit: On Day 3, your equity can never drop below $107,500 ($110,000 – $2,500).
- Outcome: If your equity falls below $107,500 at any moment, the account is terminated.
Daily Reset Timer: The Daily Loss Limit resets every day at 17:00 EST server time. You can always monitor the reset timer on your Hola Prime dashboard to see exactly when your daily loss limit resets. `
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing):
The Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) is the amount your account's equity or balance can't go below. For Direct Accounts, this limit is set at 4% of your initial account balance. This 4% trails the High Water Mark until the trader reaches 4% profits in the account. Once they have achieved 4% profit in the account, the max trailing lock in at the starting balance and no longer trails the account.
The Formula
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) = High Water Mark – (Initial Balance × 4%)
Example 1: Initial Setup
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Calculation: 4% of $50,000 is $2,000.
- The Limit: Your account equity or balance can never drop below $48,000 ($50,000 – $2,000).
Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $51,000 (New High Water Mark).
Section: Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
+ - New Limit: Your max. Loss limit (trailing) moves up to $49,000 ($51,000 – $2,000).
Important: If you then close a trade with a $500 loss and your balance drops to $50,500, your limit remains at $49,000 because the drawdown trails the peak (High Water Mark), not the current balance.
Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $52,000 (4% growth).
Section: Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
+ - Locked Limit: Your max loss limit (trailing) is now locked at your starting balance of $50,000.
- Outcome: Whether it is day 1 or day 50, if your equity or balance falls below $50,000, the account is terminated.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
+ - A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
- Challenge-based Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts (after passing Prime) inherit most of the challenge rules and structure.
- Direct Accounts operate under a separate rule set, designed for professional and experienced traders who are granted full earning potential from Day 1.
These Direct rules (detailed on the Hola Prime Futures Trading Rules page) include additional conditions because there are no evaluation phases and no profit targets, yet you can start earning immediately.
Pricing Rationale
The Direct Account is more expensive than standard challenges because it skips evaluation entirely and places you straight into a Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account. You pay a premium for:
- Bypassing multiple evaluation steps
- Avoiding time spent passing challenges
- Gaining instant access to a funded-style account from the outset
For traders who value speed and certainty, the higher price reflects this accelerated path and immediate access.
Risk Management Expectations
Stop-Loss Usage
A Stop-Loss order is a valuable risk management tool designed to limit potential losses by automatically closing a trade when the price reaches a predetermined level.
Section: Stop-Loss Usage
− On Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) accounts, the risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance (for DX Futures) and 2% of the initial account balance (for Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts). Therefore, traders are required to define this risk by placing a stop loss within 3 minutes of opening a position or prior to closing the position, whichever occurs earlier.
+ On Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) accounts, the risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance (for DX Futures) and 2% of the initial account balance (for Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts). A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
Traders who implement stop losses tend to achieve greater long-term success compared to those who don’t. Therefore, we strongly recommend incorporating stop losses into your trading.
Trading Rules - Account Violations
Daily Loss Limit
Daily Loss Limit is the maximum amount a trader is allowed to lose in a day. For the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account issued under the Direct Model, this limit is set at 2.5% of the previous day's closing balance. It is a soft breach. In case a client reaches or surpasses the daily loss limit, then trading will be temporarily disabled until the following day, and any open trades will be automatically closed.
The Formula: Daily Loss Limit = Previous Day's Closing Balance - (Previous Day's Closing Balance × 2.5%)
Calculation: The loss for the day is the sum of your current floating PnL plus the total PnL of closed trades for that day.
Example 1: Setting the Daily Limit
Starting Balance = $100,000
- Scenario: At the end of Day 2, your closing balance is $110,000.
- Calculation: 2.5% of $110,000 is $2,500.
- The Limit: On Day 3, your equity can never drop below $107,500 ($110,000 – $2,500).
- Outcome: If your equity falls below $107,500 at any moment, the account is terminated.
Daily Reset Timer: The Daily Loss Limit resets every day at 17:00 EST server time. You can always monitor the reset timer on your Hola Prime dashboard to see exactly when your daily loss limit resets. `
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing):
The Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) is the amount your account's equity or balance can't go below. For Direct Accounts, this limit is set at 4% of your initial account balance. This 4% trails the High Water Mark until the trader reaches 4% profits in the account. Once they have achieved 4% profit in the account, the max trailing lock in at the starting balance and no longer trails the account.
The Formula
Max. Loss Limit (Trailing) = High Water Mark – (Initial Balance × 4%)
Example 1: Initial Setup
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Calculation: 4% of $50,000 is $2,000.
- The Limit: Your account equity or balance can never drop below $48,000 ($50,000 – $2,000).
Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $51,000 (New High Water Mark).
Section: Example 2: The Moving High Water Mark
− - New Limit: Your max. Loss limit (trailing) moves up to $98,000 ($102,000 – $4,000).
+ - New Limit: Your max. Loss limit (trailing) moves up to $49,000 ($51,000 – $2,000).
Important: If you then close a trade with a $500 loss and your balance drops to $50,500, your limit remains at $49,000 because the drawdown trails the peak (High Water Mark), not the current balance.
Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
Starting Balance = $50,000
- Scenario: Your previous day’s end-of-day balance reaches $52,000 (4% growth).
Section: Example 3: Locking at Initial Balance
− - Locked Limit: Your max loss limit (trailing) is now locked at your starting balance of $100,000.
+ - Locked Limit: Your max loss limit (trailing) is now locked at your starting balance of $50,000.
- Outcome: Whether it is day 1 or day 50, if your equity or balance falls below $50,000, the account is terminated.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
− - A stop loss must be placed within 3 minutes of opening a position or before closing the position, whichever occurs first.
− - If no stop loss is placed within this timeframe, the position is considered to have infinite risk by default.
+ - A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
HUnlistedHolaPrime · Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) AccountStop loss placement time requirement removed; mandatory stop loss on all trades now stated without time limit.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Trails the highest previous day's end-of-day (E.O.D) balance until the account reaches 4%/3% profit depending on the account size.
Daily Loss Limit (for Direct Futures Accounts)
- Set at 2.5% of the previous day’s closing balance is a soft breach.
- Resets every day at 16:00 CT server time.
Inactivity Period
- If there is no trading activity in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account for more than a calendar week (from Sunday to Friday), the account will be subject to closure due to inactivity.
- A traded day is counted only when at least one round trip trade is fully completed on any permitted instrument, as opening a position without closing it on the same day does not qualify.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
Section: Core Rules in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account
− - A stop loss must be placed within 3 minutes of opening a position or before closing the position, whichever occurs first.
− - If no stop loss is placed within this timeframe, the position is considered to have infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
After
- Trails the highest previous day's end-of-day (E.O.D) balance until the account reaches 4%/3% profit depending on the account size.
Daily Loss Limit (for Direct Futures Accounts)
- Set at 2.5% of the previous day’s closing balance is a soft breach.
- Resets every day at 16:00 CT server time.
Inactivity Period
- If there is no trading activity in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account for more than a calendar week (from Sunday to Friday), the account will be subject to closure due to inactivity.
- A traded day is counted only when at least one round trip trade is fully completed on any permitted instrument, as opening a position without closing it on the same day does not qualify.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
Section: Core Rules in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account
+ - A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
- Trails the highest previous day's end-of-day (E.O.D) balance until the account reaches 4%/3% profit depending on the account size.
Daily Loss Limit (for Direct Futures Accounts)
- Set at 2.5% of the previous day’s closing balance is a soft breach.
- Resets every day at 16:00 CT server time.
Inactivity Period
- If there is no trading activity in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account for more than a calendar week (from Sunday to Friday), the account will be subject to closure due to inactivity.
- A traded day is counted only when at least one round trip trade is fully completed on any permitted instrument, as opening a position without closing it on the same day does not qualify.
Risk Rule (Funded & Direct Accounts)
Your risk per trade idea should not exceed 1% of the initial account balance on DX Futures platform and 2% of the initial account balance on Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts platforms.
This rule applies exclusively to Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Accounts and Direct Accounts. It does not apply during the Challenge phase. A violation of this rule is considered a hard breach and will result in account termination.
Stop Loss Requirement
Risk is determined by the maximum potential loss on a trade based on the stop loss placement.
Section: Core Rules in the Hola Prime (Sim. Funded) Account
− - A stop loss must be placed within 3 minutes of opening a position or before closing the position, whichever occurs first.
− - If no stop loss is placed within this timeframe, the position is considered to have infinite risk by default.
+ - A Stop Loss is mandatory for every trade. The absence of a Stop Loss will be considered as infinite risk by default.
- Failure to comply with this requirement constitutes a hard breach and may result in account termination.
Once the stop loss requirement is met, risk is assessed based on the Single Trade Idea rule. This includes
- Layering / Splitting Positions
- 10-Minute Re-entry Rule
Layering/Splitting positions
If you open multiple positions on the same assets, same direction, with overlapping time, they are collectively treated as one single trade idea. This includes multiple entries opened and/or closed at different times.
Any continuous sequence or chain of such overlapping positions will also be treated as one single trade idea for risk calculation purposes.
In DX Futures, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 1% limit.
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. View Example ▾
In Tradovate, NinjaTrader and WealthCharts, the combined risk of all these positions cannot exceed the 2% limit. Hide Example ▴
Example — Splitting One Trade Idea into Multiple Overlapping Positions
INITIAL ACCOUNT BALANCE $100,000
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Live Trading Program | FuturesElite FAQArticle title added; Live Cushion feature introduced requiring half the loss floor held until 15 profitable days achieved; Daily Minimum column added to account table; Reserve unlock requirement changed from 10 to 15 profitable days.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Section: Live Trading Program
− Real market. Real capital. This guide explains how our live program works: how you qualify, what happens to your profits, the loss floor and payouts.
How You Qualify
Going live is earned. Our risk team decides who moves up, usually through one of these paths:
- You collect the fifth and final payout on your plan
- You have withdrawn a large amount with us over time
- Your sim funded results are outstanding
- You have traded live with us before
Payout 5 is the top of the payout ladder, not a requirement. Every move to live is a decision made by our risk team.
What Transfers with You
When you move to live, the profits on your funded account turn into live capital, up to a cap based on your account size. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
You do not get this money right away. It goes into your Reserve, and you earn it back by trading well. More on that below.
| Account Size | Conversion Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $6,000 |
| $50,000 | $12,000 |
| $75,000 | $14,000 |
| $100,000 | $16,000 |
| $150,000 | $20,000 |
Your Live Account at a Glance
Every live account starts at $0. Below your balance sits a $2,000 loss floor on 50K. That is our capital, and it covers your losses while you get started in the real market.
- Starting balance: $0
Section: Your Live Account at a Glance
− - Loss floor: $2,000 below your balance on 50K (Loss floor depends on account size)
- Daily loss limit: none
- Payouts: daily, $200 minimum
- Contracts: capped by account size
−
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 / 10 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 2 / 20 |
| $75,000 | $2,500 | 3 / 30 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 4 / 40 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 5 / 50 |
The Loss Floor
Your loss floor starts $2,000 below your $0 balance. It moves only once per day, at the market close:
- If today's close is your best close so far, the floor moves up to sit $2,000 below it
- If not, the floor stays where it is
- The floor never moves during the session. If you dip below it during the day but close above it, your account is safe
- Once the floor reaches $0, it stops there for good
You only lose the account if a trading day closes below the floor.
Section: The Loss Floor
− Covering your floor. Once you have made $2,000 in live profits, your own money covers the floor and ours is no longer at risk. This matters when you want to get paid, as explained next.
Getting Paid
Section: Getting Paid
− Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
− Withdrawing early costs you. You can request a payout at any time. But if you do it before covering your floor, the floor jumps to $100 below your balance after the withdrawal, and it stays there forever. After that, one bad day ends the account. The smart play: make your first $2,000, cover your floor, then withdraw freely.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
Section: Earning Back Your Reserve
− - 10 profitable trading days on your live account
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only 3 live accounts run at the same time:
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
− - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor
- Any extra accounts convert too, but their money waits in Reserve, in a queue
- A spot opens when one of your live accounts empties its Reserve or is closed. The next account in line then goes live with a fresh $2,000 floor
Queued money is still yours. It follows the normal unlock rules once its account goes live. Our risk team decides the order and timing.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
Section: Losing a Live Account
− If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
Section: Walkthrough
− - Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
- Each live account can hold up to 2 minis or 20 micros
− - The trader makes $2,000 of profit on each account first, covering each floor before withdrawing anything
− - After 10 profitable days and $5,000 in total profits, unlocks begin: $2,500 of Reserve for every extra $5,000 earned, once a week
− - When a live account empties its Reserve or closes, a queued account goes live with its own $2,000 floor
− - Profits and unlocked Reserve are paid out daily, from $200
Common Questions
When do I move to live? When our risk team decides. The usual paths are your fifth and final payout, large lifetime withdrawals, standout sim results, or past live history with us. Payout 5 is a ceiling, not a requirement.
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
Section: Common Questions
− How much of my sim profit converts?
− Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
− How does the loss floor move?
− Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
− Is there a daily loss limit?
− No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
− What if I withdraw before covering my floor? You can, but it costs you. The floor locks to $100 below your balance after the withdrawal and never moves again. Cover your floor first ($2,000 in live profits), then withdraw with no penalty.
− How do I unlock my Reserve?
− First hit both marks: 10 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
− I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live?
− Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
− Can I hedge?
− No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
− What happens if I lose my live account?
− The account closes, its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
− How often are payouts?
− Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits and your unlocked Reserve.
After
Section: Live Trading Program
+ Live Trading Program
+ Real market. Real capital. This guide explains how our live program works: how you qualify, what happens to your profits, the loss floor, the cushion and payouts.
How You Qualify
Going live is earned. Our risk team decides who moves up, usually through one of these paths:
- You collect the fifth and final payout on your plan
- You have withdrawn a large amount with us over time
- Your sim funded results are outstanding
- You have traded live with us before
Payout 5 is the top of the payout ladder, not a requirement. Every move to live is a decision made by our risk team.
What Transfers with You
When you move to live, the profits on your funded account turn into live capital, up to a cap based on your account size. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
You do not get this money right away. It goes into your Reserve, and you earn it back by trading well. More on that below.
| Account Size | Conversion Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $6,000 |
| $50,000 | $12,000 |
| $75,000 | $14,000 |
| $100,000 | $16,000 |
| $150,000 | $20,000 |
Your Live Account at a Glance
Every live account starts at $0. Below your balance sits a $2,000 loss floor on 50K. That is our capital, and it covers your losses while you get started in the real market.
- Starting balance: $0
Section: Your Live Account at a Glance
+ - Loss floor: $2,000 below your balance on 50K (loss floor depends on account size)
+ - Live Cushion: half your loss floor, $1,000 on 50K, held until you log 15 profitable days
- Daily loss limit: none
- Payouts: daily, $200 minimum
- Contracts: capped by account size
+
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Live Cushion | Daily Minimum | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) |
| $25,000 | $1,000 | $500 | $75 | 1 / 10 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | $1,000 | $150 | 2 / 20 |
| $75,000 | $2,500 | $1,250 | $225 | 3 / 30 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | $300 | 4 / 40 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | $2,250 | $450 | 5 / 50 |
The Loss Floor
Your loss floor starts $2,000 below your $0 balance. It moves only once per day, at the market close:
- If today's close is your best close so far, the floor moves up to sit $2,000 below it
- If not, the floor stays where it is
- The floor never moves during the session. If you dip below it during the day but close above it, your account is safe
- Once the floor reaches $0, it stops there for good
You only lose the account if a trading day closes below the floor.
Section: The Loss Floor
+ Covering your floor. Once you have made $2,000 in live profits, your own money covers the floor and ours is no longer at risk. The cushion, explained next, gets you there.
+ The Live Cushion
+ The cushion is half of your starting loss floor. On a 50K it is $1,000. It is the part of your early live profits that stays in the account until you have shown us fifteen good days.
+ Building it. Your first profits fill the cushion. On a 50K, the first $1,000 you make stays in the account. Anything above that is yours to withdraw from day one.
+ Unlocking it. The cushion releases once you have logged 15 profitable days. The same 15 days open the door to your Reserve unlocks. The days do not need to be in a row. A day counts when the session closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your account size, $150 on a 50K.
+ After the unlock. You can withdraw down to $0. Nothing is held back, and the loss floor keeps trailing exactly as before.
+ No penalty for withdrawing. Withdrawals above the cushion never change your loss floor. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
+ Every release goes through a risk check first. Fifteen days built on discipline release on the day. Fifteen days built on reckless sizing can be held while the risk team reviews the account.
Getting Paid
Section: Getting Paid
+ Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits above the cushion, plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
+ Once the cushion unlocks, you can withdraw everything down to $0. The smart play: fill the cushion, log your fifteen days, and by then your own money is covering the floor.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
Section: Earning Back Your Reserve
+ - 15 profitable trading days on your live account, the same days that unlock your cushion
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only 3 live accounts run at the same time:
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
+ - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor and its own cushion
- Any extra accounts convert too, but their money waits in Reserve, in a queue
- A spot opens when one of your live accounts empties its Reserve or is closed. The next account in line then goes live with a fresh $2,000 floor
Queued money is still yours. It follows the normal unlock rules once its account goes live. Our risk team decides the order and timing.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
Section: Losing a Live Account
+ If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its balance, including any cushion still held, goes with it. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
Section: Walkthrough
+ - Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor and a $1,000 cushion. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
- Each live account can hold up to 2 minis or 20 micros
+ - The first $1,000 of profit on each account fills its cushion. Everything above it is withdrawable daily from $200
+ - Every session that closes with $150 or more in realised profit counts as a profitable day. After 15 of them on an account, that account's cushion unlocks and the trader can withdraw down to $0
+ - After 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total profits, Reserve unlocks begin: $2,500 of Reserve for every extra $5,000 earned, once a week
+ - When a live account empties its Reserve or closes, a queued account goes live with its own $2,000 floor and $1,000 cushion
+ - Profits above the cushion and unlocked Reserve are paid out daily, from $200
Common Questions
When do I move to live? When our risk team decides. The usual paths are your fifth and final payout, large lifetime withdrawals, standout sim results, or past live history with us. Payout 5 is a ceiling, not a requirement.
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
Section: Common Questions
+ How much of my sim profit converts? Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
+ How does the loss floor move? Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
+ Is there a daily loss limit? No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
+ What is the Live Cushion? Half of your starting loss floor, $1,000 on a 50K. Your first profits fill it and it stays in the account until you have logged 15 profitable days. It is your money, held, not taken.
+ Can I withdraw before the cushion is full? No. The cushion fills first. On a 50K, your first $1,000 of profit stays in the account, and everything above it is withdrawable daily.
+ Can I withdraw before the fifteen days are done? Yes, anything above the cushion. The fifteen days only decide when the cushion itself becomes withdrawable.
+ What counts as a profitable day? A session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size: $75 on the 25K, $150 on the 50K, $225 on the 75K, $300 on the 100K, $450 on the 150K. Closing at $140 on a 50K is a green day, but it does not count. A $600 day counts as one day, not more.
+ Do the fifteen days have to be in a row? No. Losing days in between do not reset anything. Only the count of profitable days matters, and there is no deadline.
+ Does withdrawing change my loss floor? No. The floor trails on best close and never reacts to a withdrawal. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
+ How do I unlock my Reserve? First hit both marks: 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. They are the same 15 days that unlock your cushion, so one count does both. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
+ Is the cushion the same as my Reserve? No. The Reserve is your converted sim profit. The cushion is profit earned on the live account. Both use the same count of 15 profitable days, and the Reserve also needs $5,000 in total live profits before its first unlock. Each live account has its own cushion and its own count.
+ I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live? Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
+ Can I hedge? No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
+ What happens if I lose my live account? The account closes with whatever balance is in it, including any cushion still held. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
+ How often are payouts? Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits above the cushion and your unlocked Reserve.
Section: Live Trading Program
− Real market. Real capital. This guide explains how our live program works: how you qualify, what happens to your profits, the loss floor and payouts.
+ Live Trading Program
+ Real market. Real capital. This guide explains how our live program works: how you qualify, what happens to your profits, the loss floor, the cushion and payouts.
How You Qualify
Going live is earned. Our risk team decides who moves up, usually through one of these paths:
- You collect the fifth and final payout on your plan
- You have withdrawn a large amount with us over time
- Your sim funded results are outstanding
- You have traded live with us before
Payout 5 is the top of the payout ladder, not a requirement. Every move to live is a decision made by our risk team.
What Transfers with You
When you move to live, the profits on your funded account turn into live capital, up to a cap based on your account size. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
You do not get this money right away. It goes into your Reserve, and you earn it back by trading well. More on that below.
| Account Size | Conversion Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $6,000 |
| $50,000 | $12,000 |
| $75,000 | $14,000 |
| $100,000 | $16,000 |
| $150,000 | $20,000 |
Your Live Account at a Glance
Every live account starts at $0. Below your balance sits a $2,000 loss floor on 50K. That is our capital, and it covers your losses while you get started in the real market.
- Starting balance: $0
Section: Your Live Account at a Glance
− - Loss floor: $2,000 below your balance on 50K (Loss floor depends on account size)
+ - Loss floor: $2,000 below your balance on 50K (loss floor depends on account size)
+ - Live Cushion: half your loss floor, $1,000 on 50K, held until you log 15 profitable days
- Daily loss limit: none
- Payouts: daily, $200 minimum
- Contracts: capped by account size
−
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 / 10 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 2 / 20 |
| $75,000 | $2,500 | 3 / 30 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 4 / 40 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 5 / 50 |
+
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Account Size | Loss Floor | Live Cushion | Daily Minimum | Max Contracts (Mini/Micro) |
| $25,000 | $1,000 | $500 | $75 | 1 / 10 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | $1,000 | $150 | 2 / 20 |
| $75,000 | $2,500 | $1,250 | $225 | 3 / 30 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | $300 | 4 / 40 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | $2,250 | $450 | 5 / 50 |
The Loss Floor
Your loss floor starts $2,000 below your $0 balance. It moves only once per day, at the market close:
- If today's close is your best close so far, the floor moves up to sit $2,000 below it
- If not, the floor stays where it is
- The floor never moves during the session. If you dip below it during the day but close above it, your account is safe
- Once the floor reaches $0, it stops there for good
You only lose the account if a trading day closes below the floor.
Section: The Loss Floor
− Covering your floor. Once you have made $2,000 in live profits, your own money covers the floor and ours is no longer at risk. This matters when you want to get paid, as explained next.
+ Covering your floor. Once you have made $2,000 in live profits, your own money covers the floor and ours is no longer at risk. The cushion, explained next, gets you there.
+ The Live Cushion
+ The cushion is half of your starting loss floor. On a 50K it is $1,000. It is the part of your early live profits that stays in the account until you have shown us fifteen good days.
+ Building it. Your first profits fill the cushion. On a 50K, the first $1,000 you make stays in the account. Anything above that is yours to withdraw from day one.
+ Unlocking it. The cushion releases once you have logged 15 profitable days. The same 15 days open the door to your Reserve unlocks. The days do not need to be in a row. A day counts when the session closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your account size, $150 on a 50K.
+ After the unlock. You can withdraw down to $0. Nothing is held back, and the loss floor keeps trailing exactly as before.
+ No penalty for withdrawing. Withdrawals above the cushion never change your loss floor. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
+ Every release goes through a risk check first. Fifteen days built on discipline release on the day. Fifteen days built on reckless sizing can be held while the risk team reviews the account.
Getting Paid
Section: Getting Paid
− Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
− Withdrawing early costs you. You can request a payout at any time. But if you do it before covering your floor, the floor jumps to $100 below your balance after the withdrawal, and it stays there forever. After that, one bad day ends the account. The smart play: make your first $2,000, cover your floor, then withdraw freely.
+ Payouts run daily, with a $200 minimum. You can withdraw your live profits above the cushion, plus any Reserve that has been released to you. Locked Reserve cannot be withdrawn, but released money can be used for margin.
+ Once the cushion unlocks, you can withdraw everything down to $0. The smart play: fill the cushion, log your fifteen days, and by then your own money is covering the floor.
Earning Back Your Reserve
Your Reserve unlocks in steps, based on your live results.
Step 1: prove yourself. Nothing unlocks until you have both:
Section: Earning Back Your Reserve
− - 10 profitable trading days on your live account
+ - 15 profitable trading days on your live account, the same days that unlock your cushion
- $5,000 in total live profits
Step 2: earn it out. After that, every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500 of Reserve. Unlocks are processed once a week, and they continue until your Reserve is empty.
Every unlock goes through a risk check first. Traders who gamble, oversize, or trade recklessly lose their right to unlocks. The Reserve rewards discipline, nothing else.
Running Multiple Accounts
Have more than one funded account? They all convert when you move up, but only 3 live accounts run at the same time:
Section: Running Multiple Accounts
− - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor
+ - Your first 3 accounts go live, each starting at $0 with its own $2,000 floor and its own cushion
- Any extra accounts convert too, but their money waits in Reserve, in a queue
- A spot opens when one of your live accounts empties its Reserve or is closed. The next account in line then goes live with a fresh $2,000 floor
Queued money is still yours. It follows the normal unlock rules once its account goes live. Our risk team decides the order and timing.
Hedging Means Removal
Holding a long and a short position in the same instrument at the same time is banned. This applies inside one account and across any accounts you control.
This is not just our rule. In the live market, taking both sides under one owner can count as wash trading, which CME Group exchange rules prohibit. You are on a real exchange now, and its rules apply to you.
A trader caught hedging is banned immediately and permanently. Every account is closed and all locked Reserve is lost.
Losing a Live Account
Section: Losing a Live Account
− If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
+ If a trading day closes below your loss floor, the account is gone. Its balance, including any cushion still held, goes with it. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you must wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation with us.
Walkthrough
A trader moves live with five $50,000 funded accounts, each holding $5,000 in sim profits:
- Each account is under the $12,000 cap, so the full $25,000 converts into Reserve
Section: Walkthrough
− - Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor. Two wait in the queue
+ - Three accounts go live, each at $0 with a $2,000 floor and a $1,000 cushion. Two wait in the queue
- On each live account, the floor moves up with every new best close and stops at $0
- There is no daily loss limit. The floor is the only line that matters
- Each live account can hold up to 2 minis or 20 micros
− - The trader makes $2,000 of profit on each account first, covering each floor before withdrawing anything
− - After 10 profitable days and $5,000 in total profits, unlocks begin: $2,500 of Reserve for every extra $5,000 earned, once a week
− - When a live account empties its Reserve or closes, a queued account goes live with its own $2,000 floor
− - Profits and unlocked Reserve are paid out daily, from $200
+ - The first $1,000 of profit on each account fills its cushion. Everything above it is withdrawable daily from $200
+ - Every session that closes with $150 or more in realised profit counts as a profitable day. After 15 of them on an account, that account's cushion unlocks and the trader can withdraw down to $0
+ - After 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total profits, Reserve unlocks begin: $2,500 of Reserve for every extra $5,000 earned, once a week
+ - When a live account empties its Reserve or closes, a queued account goes live with its own $2,000 floor and $1,000 cushion
+ - Profits above the cushion and unlocked Reserve are paid out daily, from $200
Common Questions
When do I move to live? When our risk team decides. The usual paths are your fifth and final payout, large lifetime withdrawals, standout sim results, or past live history with us. Payout 5 is a ceiling, not a requirement.
Do I start live with a balance? No. Every live account starts at $0 with a $2,000 loss floor of our capital below it. Your converted profits sit in your Reserve, and you earn them back by trading well.
Section: Common Questions
− How much of my sim profit converts?
− Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
− How does the loss floor move?
− Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
− Is there a daily loss limit?
− No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
− What if I withdraw before covering my floor? You can, but it costs you. The floor locks to $100 below your balance after the withdrawal and never moves again. Cover your floor first ($2,000 in live profits), then withdraw with no penalty.
− How do I unlock my Reserve?
− First hit both marks: 10 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
− I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live?
− Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
− Can I hedge?
− No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
− What happens if I lose my live account?
− The account closes, its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
− How often are payouts?
− Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits and your unlocked Reserve.
+ How much of my sim profit converts? Up to your cap: $6,000 on the $25K, up to $20,000 on the $150K. Anything above the cap does not carry over.
+ How does the loss floor move? Only at the daily close. It moves up to sit $2,000 below each new best close, and it stops for good once it reaches $0. Dipping below the floor during the day does not end the account. Only closing the day below it does.
+ Is there a daily loss limit? No. The loss floor is the only loss limit on a live account.
+ What is the Live Cushion? Half of your starting loss floor, $1,000 on a 50K. Your first profits fill it and it stays in the account until you have logged 15 profitable days. It is your money, held, not taken.
+ Can I withdraw before the cushion is full? No. The cushion fills first. On a 50K, your first $1,000 of profit stays in the account, and everything above it is withdrawable daily.
+ Can I withdraw before the fifteen days are done? Yes, anything above the cushion. The fifteen days only decide when the cushion itself becomes withdrawable.
+ What counts as a profitable day? A session that closes with realised profit at or above the daily minimum for your size: $75 on the 25K, $150 on the 50K, $225 on the 75K, $300 on the 100K, $450 on the 150K. Closing at $140 on a 50K is a green day, but it does not count. A $600 day counts as one day, not more.
+ Do the fifteen days have to be in a row? No. Losing days in between do not reset anything. Only the count of profitable days matters, and there is no deadline.
+ Does withdrawing change my loss floor? No. The floor trails on best close and never reacts to a withdrawal. The cushion is a withdrawal limit, nothing else.
+ How do I unlock my Reserve? First hit both marks: 15 profitable days and $5,000 in total live profits. They are the same 15 days that unlock your cushion, so one count does both. After that, every extra $5,000 in profits unlocks $2,500 of Reserve, once a week. Reckless trading ends your unlocks.
+ Is the cushion the same as my Reserve? No. The Reserve is your converted sim profit. The cushion is profit earned on the live account. Both use the same count of 15 profitable days, and the Reserve also needs $5,000 in total live profits before its first unlock. Each live account has its own cushion and its own count.
+ I have several funded accounts. Do they all go live? Only 3 at a time. The rest wait in a queue, and each one goes live when one of your active accounts empties its Reserve or closes.
+ Can I hedge? No. Holding both sides of the same instrument, in any of your accounts, means an immediate permanent ban and the loss of all locked Reserve. Under CME Group rules it can also count as wash trading in the live market.
+ What happens if I lose my live account? The account closes with whatever balance is in it, including any cushion still held. Its locked Reserve is lost, and you wait 1 month before buying a new evaluation.
+ How often are payouts? Daily, with a $200 minimum. They cover your live profits above the cushion and your unlocked Reserve.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · How do Payouts / Profit Splits Work? | FuturesElite FAQPayout requirements changed to require 50% cushion; 100% profit split tier removed, 90/10 split now applies to all profits.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− - You can request a payout at any time once you have profits in your Live Account.
− - 100% Profit Split: You keep 100% of all profits up to your first $10,000 in withdrawals.
− - 90/10 Split: After the first $10,000, profits are split 90% to you and 10% to FuturesElite.
- There are no restrictions on how often you can request a payout.
- Withdrawal Fees: Depending on your bank and the broker used, additional transfer or processing fees may apply. These fees are outside of FuturesElite’s control and are the responsibility of the trader.
After
+ - You can request a payout at any time once you have profits in your Live Account And the cushion of 50% has been made.
+ - 90/10 Split: profits are split 90% to you and 10% to FuturesElite.
- There are no restrictions on how often you can request a payout.
- Withdrawal Fees: Depending on your bank and the broker used, additional transfer or processing fees may apply. These fees are outside of FuturesElite’s control and are the responsibility of the trader.
− - You can request a payout at any time once you have profits in your Live Account.
− - 100% Profit Split: You keep 100% of all profits up to your first $10,000 in withdrawals.
− - 90/10 Split: After the first $10,000, profits are split 90% to you and 10% to FuturesElite.
+ - You can request a payout at any time once you have profits in your Live Account And the cushion of 50% has been made.
+ - 90/10 Split: profits are split 90% to you and 10% to FuturesElite.
- There are no restrictions on how often you can request a payout.
- Withdrawal Fees: Depending on your bank and the broker used, additional transfer or processing fees may apply. These fees are outside of FuturesElite’s control and are the responsibility of the trader.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Is The Challenge Fee is One-Time? | FuturesElite FAQSep 2
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesAdded $25,000 account tier across all tables; Daily Loss Limit changed from 2% formula to fixed amounts varying by size; Max Drawdown amounts decreased; payout limits and fees adjusted.Sep 2
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
−
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
− Max Position Size | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
−
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,500 | $5,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− For Express Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance across all account sizes.If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
− Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
−
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
| Profit Target | $,1500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
+ Max Position Size | 1 Mini/10 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $500On Funded | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
+ Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
+
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
+ Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
+ If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
+ - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
+ - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
+ Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $25,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
+
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
+
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
+ Note for accounts purchased on or after September 2nd:
+ From the second payout onward, you are required to generate a minimum profit equal to 50% of your previous payout amount before becoming eligible to request your next payout.
+ Example: If you withdraw $1,100 from a $50K account, you must generate at least $550 in new profit before you can request your next payout.
+ Once the required profit has been reached and all other payout requirements are met, you can request your next payout on the following eligible payout day.
+ Minimum Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
+
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
+ If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
+
| $25,000 | $72 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
+
| $25,000 | $180 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
−
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
− Max Position Size | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
−
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,500 | $5,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
| Profit Target | $,1500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
+ Max Position Size | 1 Mini/10 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $500On Funded | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− For Express Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance across all account sizes.If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
− Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
+
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
+ Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
+ If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
+ - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
+ - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
+ Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $25,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
+
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $600 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
−
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
+
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
+ Note for accounts purchased on or after September 2nd:
+ From the second payout onward, you are required to generate a minimum profit equal to 50% of your previous payout amount before becoming eligible to request your next payout.
+ Example: If you withdraw $1,100 from a $50K account, you must generate at least $550 in new profit before you can request your next payout.
+ Once the required profit has been reached and all other payout requirements are met, you can request your next payout on the following eligible payout day.
+ Minimum Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
+
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
+ If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
+
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
+
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
AUnlistedAlpha Futures · Trading Platforms | Alpha Futures Limited Help CenterPlatform options expanded to include TradingView with Plus500 connection alongside existing platforms.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
- available on web (mobile application in development)
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
After
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
- available on web (mobile application in development)
+ - TradingView
+ - Connection powered by Plus500
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
We offer some of the top platforms available in the futures trading space.
At Alpha Futures, our traders have their choice of using:
- AlphaTrader
- Our in house developed platform
- available on web (mobile application in development)
+ - TradingView
+ - Connection powered by Plus500
- WealthCharts
- A powerful, web based platform designed by live capital trading champions
- Deepchart by Volumetrica Trading
- Web based or desktop download available
- Complimentary access to "OrderFlow" package
- Quantower
- Desktop and PC only
- dXFeed data feed, utilizing Volumetrica Trading clearing house
Please note, platform choices are not interchangeable after purchase.
PremierMyFundedFutures · Consistency Rule at My FundedFutures | My Funded Futures Help CenterConsistency calculator URL changed from consistencycalculator.com to marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule is 50% for MyFunded Futures evaluations on the Rapid & Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the 50% consistency target does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than 50% of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
− https://www.consistencycalculator.com
Ready to take the Challenge?
After
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule is 50% for MyFunded Futures evaluations on the Rapid & Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the 50% consistency target does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than 50% of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
+ https://www.marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator
Ready to take the Challenge?
MyFundedFutures has adopted a streamlined approach to evaluations. Traders can now follow a standardized evaluation process on their path to simulated funding and live account trading. For applicable plans, the evaluation rules remain consistent.
What is the evaluation consistency rule and how does it work?
The consistency rule is 50% for MyFunded Futures evaluations on the Rapid & Pro plans. (Pro Plan One day pass has no consistency rule)
This consistency rule means no single day's profit should exceed 50% of your total evaluation profits made. This rule promotes discipline and consistent trading habits which highlights a prop firm's commitment to encourage responsible trading.
Example on how the 50% consistency rule works:
- Total Profit Target on a 50k account: $3,000
- Max Profit a Trader should achieve: $1,500
- Calculation is: Total profit target / 2 = Max Daily Profit
Important note: Exceeding the 50% consistency target does not breach the account. Traders who achieve more than 50% of their total profit target in one day simply need to trade additional days until consistency is met.
Traders may utilize the consistency calculator link below to determine profit target.
− https://www.consistencycalculator.com
+ https://www.marketframework.com/tools/consistency-calculator
Ready to take the Challenge?
PremierBulenox · Withdrawal Rules | Master AccountTotal P&L reset after approved payouts was removed from payout period rules.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The calculation is: Consistency Percentage = Best Day P&L ÷ Total P&L × 100. The result must be 40% or less.
Example
A trader earns a Total P&L of $5,000 and the Best Day P&L is $2,500: $2,500 ÷ $5,000 × 100 = 50%. The requirement has not yet been met.
If the trader continues trading and increases the Total P&L to $7,500: $2,500 ÷ $7,500 × 100 = 33.33%. The requirement is now met.
If the Consistency Rule is not met:
- the account is not closed;
- no trading rule is considered violated;
- the trader may continue trading to increase Total P&L.
Important. For the first payout, the Safety Threshold Reserve is included in the Consistency Rule calculation.
Consistency After a Payout
For the first payout, Total P&L is calculated from the first trading day on the Master Account through the day the payout request is submitted.
After an approved payout:
− - Total P&L resets for the next payout period;
- Best Day P&L does not reset;
- Best Day P&L changes only when a new, more profitable trading day is recorded.
For Master Accounts, the Consistency requirement is calculated based on the Total P&L accumulated over the entire trading period.
The calculation does not reset after a payout or start a new calculation cycle for each withdrawal request. Previous trading results remain included in the Total P&L when determining consistency for subsequent payout requests.
Required Documents
All required documents must be submitted before the first payout is requested. Every trader must complete the Bulenox Withdrawal Information Form and include a valid identification document.
Additional requirements depend on tax status:
- U.S. persons: completed and signed W-9;
- non-U.S. persons: completed and signed W-8BEN;
The W-9 or W-8BEN form must be signed by hand. Electronic signatures cannot be accepted.
Make sure the beneficiary name, address and payment details match the information provided in your forms. Incorrect or inconsistent information may delay the transfer.
Payment Methods
After
The calculation is: Consistency Percentage = Best Day P&L ÷ Total P&L × 100. The result must be 40% or less.
Example
A trader earns a Total P&L of $5,000 and the Best Day P&L is $2,500: $2,500 ÷ $5,000 × 100 = 50%. The requirement has not yet been met.
If the trader continues trading and increases the Total P&L to $7,500: $2,500 ÷ $7,500 × 100 = 33.33%. The requirement is now met.
If the Consistency Rule is not met:
- the account is not closed;
- no trading rule is considered violated;
- the trader may continue trading to increase Total P&L.
Important. For the first payout, the Safety Threshold Reserve is included in the Consistency Rule calculation.
Consistency After a Payout
For the first payout, Total P&L is calculated from the first trading day on the Master Account through the day the payout request is submitted.
After an approved payout:
- Best Day P&L does not reset;
- Best Day P&L changes only when a new, more profitable trading day is recorded.
For Master Accounts, the Consistency requirement is calculated based on the Total P&L accumulated over the entire trading period.
The calculation does not reset after a payout or start a new calculation cycle for each withdrawal request. Previous trading results remain included in the Total P&L when determining consistency for subsequent payout requests.
Required Documents
All required documents must be submitted before the first payout is requested. Every trader must complete the Bulenox Withdrawal Information Form and include a valid identification document.
Additional requirements depend on tax status:
- U.S. persons: completed and signed W-9;
- non-U.S. persons: completed and signed W-8BEN;
The W-9 or W-8BEN form must be signed by hand. Electronic signatures cannot be accepted.
Make sure the beneficiary name, address and payment details match the information provided in your forms. Incorrect or inconsistent information may delay the transfer.
Payment Methods
The calculation is: Consistency Percentage = Best Day P&L ÷ Total P&L × 100. The result must be 40% or less.
Example
A trader earns a Total P&L of $5,000 and the Best Day P&L is $2,500: $2,500 ÷ $5,000 × 100 = 50%. The requirement has not yet been met.
If the trader continues trading and increases the Total P&L to $7,500: $2,500 ÷ $7,500 × 100 = 33.33%. The requirement is now met.
If the Consistency Rule is not met:
- the account is not closed;
- no trading rule is considered violated;
- the trader may continue trading to increase Total P&L.
Important. For the first payout, the Safety Threshold Reserve is included in the Consistency Rule calculation.
Consistency After a Payout
For the first payout, Total P&L is calculated from the first trading day on the Master Account through the day the payout request is submitted.
After an approved payout:
− - Total P&L resets for the next payout period;
- Best Day P&L does not reset;
- Best Day P&L changes only when a new, more profitable trading day is recorded.
For Master Accounts, the Consistency requirement is calculated based on the Total P&L accumulated over the entire trading period.
The calculation does not reset after a payout or start a new calculation cycle for each withdrawal request. Previous trading results remain included in the Total P&L when determining consistency for subsequent payout requests.
Required Documents
All required documents must be submitted before the first payout is requested. Every trader must complete the Bulenox Withdrawal Information Form and include a valid identification document.
Additional requirements depend on tax status:
- U.S. persons: completed and signed W-9;
- non-U.S. persons: completed and signed W-8BEN;
The W-9 or W-8BEN form must be signed by hand. Electronic signatures cannot be accepted.
Make sure the beneficiary name, address and payment details match the information provided in your forms. Incorrect or inconsistent information may delay the transfer.
Payment Methods
PremierDayTraders.com · Coupon Code and Discounted Price | DayTraders.com Help CenterRemoved example URL and reference to where affiliate coupon codes can be located.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
When a promotion is running, you will still need a coupon code to apply the discount at checkout. The discounted price will appear on the homepage under two specific conditions:
- If a promotion offering a discount greater than 50% is running, the discounted price will be displayed to everyone who lands on the homepage. However, you’ll still need to enter the coupon code at checkout to get the discount.
- If you land on the homepage via an affiliate link that includes a coupon code, the code will be automatically applied during checkout. This means that if you follow an affiliate link with a coupon code embedded in the URL, you won’t need to manually enter the code—it will be applied for you at checkout.
For example, an affiliate link might look like this:
https://daytraders.com/member/aff/go/ChartMaster?c=CBUTXBPY
In this case, CBUTXBPY is the coupon code embedded in the URL. When you click this link, the code will automatically apply at checkout.
Additionally, if an affiliate account has multiple valid coupon codes, you can still use different codes in the URL, and the discount will still apply.
− For instance:
− https://daytraders.com/member/aff/go/ChartMaster?c=DT
− Here, DT is the coupon code, and it will also be automatically applied at checkout.
− Affiliate coupon codes can be found on the Affiliate Info Page in the Members Area under the Banners and Links tab.
This process helps ensure you get the right discount, whether through a promotion or by using an affiliate link!
After
When a promotion is running, you will still need a coupon code to apply the discount at checkout. The discounted price will appear on the homepage under two specific conditions:
- If a promotion offering a discount greater than 50% is running, the discounted price will be displayed to everyone who lands on the homepage. However, you’ll still need to enter the coupon code at checkout to get the discount.
- If you land on the homepage via an affiliate link that includes a coupon code, the code will be automatically applied during checkout. This means that if you follow an affiliate link with a coupon code embedded in the URL, you won’t need to manually enter the code—it will be applied for you at checkout.
For example, an affiliate link might look like this:
https://daytraders.com/member/aff/go/ChartMaster?c=CBUTXBPY
In this case, CBUTXBPY is the coupon code embedded in the URL. When you click this link, the code will automatically apply at checkout.
Additionally, if an affiliate account has multiple valid coupon codes, you can still use different codes in the URL, and the discount will still apply.
This process helps ensure you get the right discount, whether through a promotion or by using an affiliate link!
When a promotion is running, you will still need a coupon code to apply the discount at checkout. The discounted price will appear on the homepage under two specific conditions:
- If a promotion offering a discount greater than 50% is running, the discounted price will be displayed to everyone who lands on the homepage. However, you’ll still need to enter the coupon code at checkout to get the discount.
- If you land on the homepage via an affiliate link that includes a coupon code, the code will be automatically applied during checkout. This means that if you follow an affiliate link with a coupon code embedded in the URL, you won’t need to manually enter the code—it will be applied for you at checkout.
For example, an affiliate link might look like this:
https://daytraders.com/member/aff/go/ChartMaster?c=CBUTXBPY
In this case, CBUTXBPY is the coupon code embedded in the URL. When you click this link, the code will automatically apply at checkout.
Additionally, if an affiliate account has multiple valid coupon codes, you can still use different codes in the URL, and the discount will still apply.
− For instance:
− https://daytraders.com/member/aff/go/ChartMaster?c=DT
− Here, DT is the coupon code, and it will also be automatically applied at checkout.
− Affiliate coupon codes can be found on the Affiliate Info Page in the Members Area under the Banners and Links tab.
This process helps ensure you get the right discount, whether through a promotion or by using an affiliate link!
PremierDayTraders.com · Pro Account: Activation And Fees | DayTraders.com Help CenterPro Account Activation one-time fees changed from $99 to $5 across all account sizes.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Return to the "Signatures" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|
Section: Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
−
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $99 | $99 |
| 50k | $99 | $99 |
| 75k | $99 | $99 |
| 100k | $99 | $99 |
| 150k | $99 | $99 |
| 300k | $99 | $99 |
Once the activation fee is paid, the system will close the passed evaluation account and open the Pro account. If you have paid the activation fee while the market is closed, please wait until the market reopens to see the newly activated Pro account, as Rithmic will not display the new account until the market reopens.
Note: Trading days run from 6 PM to 4:59 PM ET, and the system updates overnight to reflect completed trading days.
Make sure to check your Pro Charts in your member's area to monitor progress.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
After
- Return to the "Signatures" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|
Section: Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
+
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $5 | $5 |
| 50k | $5 | $5 |
| 75k | $5 | $5 |
| 100k | $5 | $5 |
| 150k | $5 | $5 |
| 300k | $5 | $5 |
Once the activation fee is paid, the system will close the passed evaluation account and open the Pro account. If you have paid the activation fee while the market is closed, please wait until the market reopens to see the newly activated Pro account, as Rithmic will not display the new account until the market reopens.
Note: Trading days run from 6 PM to 4:59 PM ET, and the system updates overnight to reflect completed trading days.
Make sure to check your Pro Charts in your member's area to monitor progress.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
- Return to the "Signatures" page.
- Click on the now-available payment link.
- Proceed to pay the activation fee for the Pro Account.
- Download Your Certificate:
You can review and download a certificate to celebrate your milestone on the same page.
- Account Activation:
After completing the steps, your Pro Account will be activated within 30 minutes.
Tip: Restart your trading platform to see the new Pro Account.
Important Note: The Minimum Activity Policy for our accounts remains in effect. If the Pro Account is not set up within 30 days of your last trade on the Evaluation Account, you may risk forfeiting your Pro Account.
For more details, including Pro Account activation fees, please refer to the fee list below.
Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|
Section: Pro Account Activation one-time Fees:
−
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $99 | $99 |
| 50k | $99 | $99 |
| 75k | $99 | $99 |
| 100k | $99 | $99 |
| 150k | $99 | $99 |
| 300k | $99 | $99 |
+
| Account Size | Trailing | Static |
|---|---|---|
| 25k | $5 | $5 |
| 50k | $5 | $5 |
| 75k | $5 | $5 |
| 100k | $5 | $5 |
| 150k | $5 | $5 |
| 300k | $5 | $5 |
Once the activation fee is paid, the system will close the passed evaluation account and open the Pro account. If you have paid the activation fee while the market is closed, please wait until the market reopens to see the newly activated Pro account, as Rithmic will not display the new account until the market reopens.
Note: Trading days run from 6 PM to 4:59 PM ET, and the system updates overnight to reflect completed trading days.
Make sure to check your Pro Charts in your member's area to monitor progress.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
PremierE8 Markets · What broker do I trade with? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesAdded disclosure that Perpetual Futures market data comes from HyperLiquid instead of CME.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
E8 Markets is not a broker and does not accept users' deposits. E8 Markets provides a structured simulation environment for individuals seeking to develop trading skills and demonstrate performance under defined conditions.
− E8's simulated environment is powered by real market data from third-party institutional data providers. Market data for Futures products is sourced directly from CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange).
After
E8 Markets is not a broker and does not accept users' deposits. E8 Markets provides a structured simulation environment for individuals seeking to develop trading skills and demonstrate performance under defined conditions.
+ E8's simulated environment is powered by real market data from third-party institutional data providers. Market data for Futures products is sourced directly from CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange). If you are trading Perpetual Futures, the feed and market data are taken directly from HyperLiquid.
E8 Markets is not a broker and does not accept users' deposits. E8 Markets provides a structured simulation environment for individuals seeking to develop trading skills and demonstrate performance under defined conditions.
− E8's simulated environment is powered by real market data from third-party institutional data providers. Market data for Futures products is sourced directly from CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange).
+ E8's simulated environment is powered by real market data from third-party institutional data providers. Market data for Futures products is sourced directly from CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange). If you are trading Perpetual Futures, the feed and market data are taken directly from HyperLiquid.
PremierE8 Markets · How many accounts can I apply for at once? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesE8 One Crypto and E8 Pro Crypto account types renamed to Perpetual, and E8 Signature Crypto account removed.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
SimFi™ Challenge accounts (Phase 1):
- All products - UNLIMITED
There is unlimited allocation for accounts in phase 1
Maximum allocation for SimFI™ Performance accounts:
- Max for E8 One = $500,000 allocation
− - Max for E8 One Crypto = $500,000 allocation
- Max for E8 Pro Forex = $500,000 allocation
− - Max for E8 Pro Crypto = $500,000 allocation
- E8 Zero = 3 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Forex = 5 performance accounts
− - E8 Signature Crypto = 5 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Futures = 5 performance accounts
This means that in the Simfi™ Performance accounts, you can manage up to $4,850,000 in Simulated capital at the same time!
Note: These allocation limits apply per household. Multiple users within the same residence/same IP must not exceed this collective maximum.
Examples:
During the Challenge stage, there are no limits on how many accounts you can purchase. For example, you could buy a $400,000 E8 One account, a $100,000 E8 One account, and a $200,000 E8 One account.
If you pass all of them, since the maximum allocation limit on the Performance stage for E8 One is $500,000, you will be able to trade only with a $400,000 and a $100,000 account. The other $200,000 account will be kept as a reserve until your allocation on the Performance stage drops below the limit.
Similarly, for Signature models, you can purchase as many Challenge accounts as you like, regardless of account size. Note that you can only actively manage 5 performance accounts for each market in the Performance stage at any given time; any additional accounts will be kept in reserve.
Single User (E8X) Profile policy
Users are only allowed to have a single user profile, so all purchases of our challenges must be made through one registered user profile. All accounts must be traded solely by their respective owners.
Creating multiple user profiles under different emails or trading accounts from different users is a violation of our terms and conditions and may lead to the temporary or permanent suspension of your active accounts and user profile.
If you have unintentionally created an additional profile, please reach out to our support team at and we will assist in deleting the extra profile promptly.
After
SimFi™ Challenge accounts (Phase 1):
- All products - UNLIMITED
There is unlimited allocation for accounts in phase 1
Maximum allocation for SimFI™ Performance accounts:
- Max for E8 One = $500,000 allocation
+ - Max for E8 One Perpetual = $500,000 allocation
- Max for E8 Pro Forex = $500,000 allocation
+ - Max for E8 Pro Perpetual = $500,000 allocation
- E8 Zero = 3 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Forex = 5 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Futures = 5 performance accounts
This means that in the Simfi™ Performance accounts, you can manage up to $4,850,000 in Simulated capital at the same time!
Note: These allocation limits apply per household. Multiple users within the same residence/same IP must not exceed this collective maximum.
Examples:
During the Challenge stage, there are no limits on how many accounts you can purchase. For example, you could buy a $400,000 E8 One account, a $100,000 E8 One account, and a $200,000 E8 One account.
If you pass all of them, since the maximum allocation limit on the Performance stage for E8 One is $500,000, you will be able to trade only with a $400,000 and a $100,000 account. The other $200,000 account will be kept as a reserve until your allocation on the Performance stage drops below the limit.
Similarly, for Signature models, you can purchase as many Challenge accounts as you like, regardless of account size. Note that you can only actively manage 5 performance accounts for each market in the Performance stage at any given time; any additional accounts will be kept in reserve.
Single User (E8X) Profile policy
Users are only allowed to have a single user profile, so all purchases of our challenges must be made through one registered user profile. All accounts must be traded solely by their respective owners.
Creating multiple user profiles under different emails or trading accounts from different users is a violation of our terms and conditions and may lead to the temporary or permanent suspension of your active accounts and user profile.
If you have unintentionally created an additional profile, please reach out to our support team at and we will assist in deleting the extra profile promptly.
SimFi™ Challenge accounts (Phase 1):
- All products - UNLIMITED
There is unlimited allocation for accounts in phase 1
Maximum allocation for SimFI™ Performance accounts:
- Max for E8 One = $500,000 allocation
− - Max for E8 One Crypto = $500,000 allocation
+ - Max for E8 One Perpetual = $500,000 allocation
- Max for E8 Pro Forex = $500,000 allocation
− - Max for E8 Pro Crypto = $500,000 allocation
+ - Max for E8 Pro Perpetual = $500,000 allocation
- E8 Zero = 3 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Forex = 5 performance accounts
− - E8 Signature Crypto = 5 performance accounts
- E8 Signature Futures = 5 performance accounts
This means that in the Simfi™ Performance accounts, you can manage up to $4,850,000 in Simulated capital at the same time!
Note: These allocation limits apply per household. Multiple users within the same residence/same IP must not exceed this collective maximum.
Examples:
During the Challenge stage, there are no limits on how many accounts you can purchase. For example, you could buy a $400,000 E8 One account, a $100,000 E8 One account, and a $200,000 E8 One account.
If you pass all of them, since the maximum allocation limit on the Performance stage for E8 One is $500,000, you will be able to trade only with a $400,000 and a $100,000 account. The other $200,000 account will be kept as a reserve until your allocation on the Performance stage drops below the limit.
Similarly, for Signature models, you can purchase as many Challenge accounts as you like, regardless of account size. Note that you can only actively manage 5 performance accounts for each market in the Performance stage at any given time; any additional accounts will be kept in reserve.
Single User (E8X) Profile policy
Users are only allowed to have a single user profile, so all purchases of our challenges must be made through one registered user profile. All accounts must be traded solely by their respective owners.
Creating multiple user profiles under different emails or trading accounts from different users is a violation of our terms and conditions and may lead to the temporary or permanent suspension of your active accounts and user profile.
If you have unintentionally created an additional profile, please reach out to our support team at and we will assist in deleting the extra profile promptly.
PremierE8 Markets · All product overviews (E8 One vs E8 Zero vs E8 Pro vs E8 Signature) | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesE8 One and E8 Signature now offer Perpetual Futures instead of Crypto; E8 Pro now offers Futures instead of Crypto.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
All of our currently offered products are Single-Phase challenge models, but they’re built for different trader types.
E8 Zero is the most flexible option, built for Futures traders who want minimal payout restrictions. The consistency rule is only in the challange stage, which means that traders can enjoy no consistency rules, no daily profit cap, and no minimum profitable days requirements in the performance stage. The only limitations are payout caps and a maximum of 5 payouts per account, but it still offers the biggest freedom of any E8 program.
E8 One is designed for experienced traders comfortable with tighter Drawdowns and higher upside potential. There are no payout caps, but a Daily Drawdown (hard breach) and a Dynamic Drawdown apply. Available on Forex and Crypto.
E8 Signature is the more structured and cheaper version than the E8 one. It includes payout caps and a Daily Pause (soft breach) on SimFi Performance Accounts, giving traders better protection before a full breach occurs. Available across Forex, Crypto, and Futures – it suits traders who focus on consistency and want more forgiving drawdowns.
E8 Pro is built for traders who prioritize daily payouts. With no payout caps and a static drawdown, it offers a predictable, structured environment where you always know exactly where your limits stand. Available on Forex and Crypto.
Key differences
−
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 Pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Markets | Futures | Forex, Crypto | Forex, Crypto, Futures | Forex, Crypto |
Daily limits | No | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account | Daily Pause (soft Breach)Only SimFi™ Performance account | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account
Max. limits | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Dynamic Drawdown Moves only when you close a profit.It becomes static once you reach the starting balance amount | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Static Drawdown Fixed. Only moves when you request the first payout
| Payout Caps | Yesmaximum of 5 payouts per account | No | Payout caps table | No |
|---|
Consistency | Challenge account - 40% best dayPerformance account - No | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 40% best day | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 35% best day | No best dayThe only requirement is 1% profit and 2% Daily profit cap
Best for | Traders who are looking for the easiest product out there. | Those who are seeking full potential tied to verified performance | More forgiving drawdown rules for traders focusing on consistency. | Those who are looking for a controlled account with daily payouts
Other Parameters
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| News Trading | Yes | Challenge account - YesPerformance account - No | Yes | Yes |
| Weekend Holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
| Expert Advisors | No | Yes | Forex,Crypto - YesFutures- No | Yes |
| Trade Copier | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Overnight holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
After
All of our currently offered products are Single-Phase challenge models, but they’re built for different trader types.
E8 Zero is the most flexible option, built for Futures traders who want minimal payout restrictions. The consistency rule is only in the challange stage, which means that traders can enjoy no consistency rules, no daily profit cap, and no minimum profitable days requirements in the performance stage. The only limitations are payout caps and a maximum of 5 payouts per account, but it still offers the biggest freedom of any E8 program.
E8 One is designed for experienced traders comfortable with tighter Drawdowns and higher upside potential. There are no payout caps, but a Daily Drawdown (hard breach) and a Dynamic Drawdown apply. Available on Forex and Crypto.
E8 Signature is the more structured and cheaper version than the E8 one. It includes payout caps and a Daily Pause (soft breach) on SimFi Performance Accounts, giving traders better protection before a full breach occurs. Available across Forex, Crypto, and Futures – it suits traders who focus on consistency and want more forgiving drawdowns.
E8 Pro is built for traders who prioritize daily payouts. With no payout caps and a static drawdown, it offers a predictable, structured environment where you always know exactly where your limits stand. Available on Forex and Crypto.
Key differences
+
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 Pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Markets | Futures | Forex, Perpetual Futures | Forex, Futures | Forex, Perpetual Futures |
Daily limits | No | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account | Daily Pause (soft Breach)Only SimFi™ Performance account | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account
Max. limits | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Dynamic Drawdown Moves only when you close a profit.It becomes static once you reach the starting balance amount | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Static Drawdown Fixed. Only moves when you request the first payout
| Payout Caps | Yesmaximum of 5 payouts per account | No | Payout caps table | No |
|---|
Consistency | Challenge account - 40% best dayPerformance account - No | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 40% best day | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 35% best day | No best dayThe only requirement is 1% profit and 2% Daily profit cap
Best for | Traders who are looking for the easiest product out there. | Those who are seeking full potential tied to verified performance | More forgiving drawdown rules for traders focusing on consistency. | Those who are looking for a controlled account with daily payouts
Other Parameters
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| News Trading | Yes | Challenge account - YesPerformance account - No | Yes | Yes |
| Weekend Holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
| Expert Advisors | No | Yes | Forex,Crypto - YesFutures- No | Yes |
| Trade Copier | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Overnight holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
All of our currently offered products are Single-Phase challenge models, but they’re built for different trader types.
E8 Zero is the most flexible option, built for Futures traders who want minimal payout restrictions. The consistency rule is only in the challange stage, which means that traders can enjoy no consistency rules, no daily profit cap, and no minimum profitable days requirements in the performance stage. The only limitations are payout caps and a maximum of 5 payouts per account, but it still offers the biggest freedom of any E8 program.
E8 One is designed for experienced traders comfortable with tighter Drawdowns and higher upside potential. There are no payout caps, but a Daily Drawdown (hard breach) and a Dynamic Drawdown apply. Available on Forex and Crypto.
E8 Signature is the more structured and cheaper version than the E8 one. It includes payout caps and a Daily Pause (soft breach) on SimFi Performance Accounts, giving traders better protection before a full breach occurs. Available across Forex, Crypto, and Futures – it suits traders who focus on consistency and want more forgiving drawdowns.
E8 Pro is built for traders who prioritize daily payouts. With no payout caps and a static drawdown, it offers a predictable, structured environment where you always know exactly where your limits stand. Available on Forex and Crypto.
Key differences
−
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 Pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Markets | Futures | Forex, Crypto | Forex, Crypto, Futures | Forex, Crypto |
+
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 Pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Markets | Futures | Forex, Perpetual Futures | Forex, Futures | Forex, Perpetual Futures |
Daily limits | No | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account | Daily Pause (soft Breach)Only SimFi™ Performance account | Daily Drawdown (Hard breach)SimFi™ Challenge account andSimFi™ Performance account
Max. limits | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Dynamic Drawdown Moves only when you close a profit.It becomes static once you reach the starting balance amount | EOD Dynamic DrawdownMoves based on closed profits only at End-Of DayIt became static once you reach the starting balance amount | Static Drawdown Fixed. Only moves when you request the first payout
| Payout Caps | Yesmaximum of 5 payouts per account | No | Payout caps table | No |
|---|
Consistency | Challenge account - 40% best dayPerformance account - No | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 40% best day | Challenge account - NoPerformance account - 35% best day | No best dayThe only requirement is 1% profit and 2% Daily profit cap
Best for | Traders who are looking for the easiest product out there. | Those who are seeking full potential tied to verified performance | More forgiving drawdown rules for traders focusing on consistency. | Those who are looking for a controlled account with daily payouts
Other Parameters
| E8 Zero | E8 One | E8 Signature | E8 pro | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| News Trading | Yes | Challenge account - YesPerformance account - No | Yes | Yes |
| Weekend Holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
| Expert Advisors | No | Yes | Forex,Crypto - YesFutures- No | Yes |
| Trade Copier | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Overnight holding | No | Yes | No | Yes |
PremierE8 Markets · Can I try E8 Markets for Free? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesTrial account closure period changed from 14 days to 30 days; trial now available on E8 Terminal platform; crypto testing option removed from description.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We believe that it is important to provide users with a glimpse at what we can offer them. Simply register with us and request our “try before you buy” trial account to see what it is like to trade in a simulated environment with real market data before you purchase one of our challenges.
Before you start
- You are eligible for 2 free E8 trials every 28 days.
- For the trial account, you need to register and verify your profile.
- Users using a trial account are not eligible to receive any payouts from E8 Markets. The free trial is only for testing purposes.
Section: Before you start
− - E8 trial mimics the same conditions as E8 One accounts. Meaning the instruments, conditions, and functions are the same as on the E8 One account (Forex). Right now, there is no option to test Futures/Crypto challenges with a free trial.
How to receive a Free Trial account
When you log in to your profile through the E8X dashboard, please click on Start Trading and choose an E8 Trial
Section: How to receive a Free Trial account
− A trial account is available on MatchTrader only. At this moment, there is no other option to test other trading platforms for free before purchasing a challenge account.
− Please note that all trial accounts are being automatically closed after 14 days from the date the account was created.
After
We believe that it is important to provide users with a glimpse at what we can offer them. Simply register with us and request our “try before you buy” trial account to see what it is like to trade in a simulated environment with real market data before you purchase one of our challenges.
Before you start
- You are eligible for 2 free E8 trials every 28 days.
- For the trial account, you need to register and verify your profile.
- Users using a trial account are not eligible to receive any payouts from E8 Markets. The free trial is only for testing purposes.
Section: Before you start
+ - E8 trial mimics the same conditions as E8 One accounts on the Matchtrader platform or as E8 One Perpetual accounts on the E8 Terminal platform (Based on which option you choose, it will mimic the same conditions and instruments as you would have on challenges).
+ - Right now, there is no option to test Futures challenges with a free trial.
How to receive a Free Trial account
When you log in to your profile through the E8X dashboard, please click on Start Trading and choose an E8 Trial
Section: How to receive a Free Trial account
+ Please note that all trial accounts are automatically closed after 30 days from the date the account was created.
We believe that it is important to provide users with a glimpse at what we can offer them. Simply register with us and request our “try before you buy” trial account to see what it is like to trade in a simulated environment with real market data before you purchase one of our challenges.
Before you start
- You are eligible for 2 free E8 trials every 28 days.
- For the trial account, you need to register and verify your profile.
- Users using a trial account are not eligible to receive any payouts from E8 Markets. The free trial is only for testing purposes.
Section: Before you start
− - E8 trial mimics the same conditions as E8 One accounts. Meaning the instruments, conditions, and functions are the same as on the E8 One account (Forex). Right now, there is no option to test Futures/Crypto challenges with a free trial.
+ - E8 trial mimics the same conditions as E8 One accounts on the Matchtrader platform or as E8 One Perpetual accounts on the E8 Terminal platform (Based on which option you choose, it will mimic the same conditions and instruments as you would have on challenges).
+ - Right now, there is no option to test Futures challenges with a free trial.
How to receive a Free Trial account
When you log in to your profile through the E8X dashboard, please click on Start Trading and choose an E8 Trial
Section: How to receive a Free Trial account
− A trial account is available on MatchTrader only. At this moment, there is no other option to test other trading platforms for free before purchasing a challenge account.
− Please note that all trial accounts are being automatically closed after 14 days from the date the account was created.
+ Please note that all trial accounts are automatically closed after 30 days from the date the account was created.
PremierFundedNext Futures · FundedNext Futures Flex 55% Discount Offer | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 1
Removed, last seen 2026-08-31All FundedNext Futures changesVersion historyVisit FundedNext Futures ↗
PremierFundedNext Futures · How many accounts can I hold with FundedNext Futures, and what is the maximum allocation available? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterChallenge Accounts monthly purchase limit removed, FundedNext Accounts monthly issuance limit added at 10, and wording changes made throughout.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
TL;DR:
- Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation.
− - You can purchase up to 15 Challenges per month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
- FundedNext Accounts:
− - An individual user may have up to 5 FundedNext Accounts at any time
− - A household is also restricted to 5 FundedNext Accounts at any time
- You can mix & match account sizes ($25K, $50K, $100K. $150K) within these limits.
Note: A household is defined as family members or multiple users sharing the same address or IP.
FundedNext Futures allows traders to hold multiple accounts, but maximum allocation rules apply to ensure fair trading opportunities and risk management. These limits vary between Challenge Accounts and FundedNext Accounts, and traders can combine different account sizes as long as they remain within the allowed cap.
What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
Section: What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
− - Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation
Note:
− - You can purchase up to 15 Challenges per month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
− - FundedNext Accounts: Each user/household at any given moment can now hold up to 5 FundedNext Accounts simultaneously, regardless of individual account sizes.
How do the allocation limits work?
You can mix and match different account sizes when building your allocation. FundedNext Futures currently offers three sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
What is the allocation for the FundedNext Futures Challenges?
You may hold multiple Challenge Accounts with a combined allocation of up to $750,000.
Examples of allowed allocations:
- Five $150K Challenges→ $750K
- Four $100K + Two $50K Challenges→ $500K (within limit)
- Two $25K + Six $100K Challenges→ $650K (within limit)
What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
Once you pass your Challenge, FundedNext Accounts are provided under the FundedNext Account allocation limit.
Rules:
- You can hold up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at a time, regardless of the account size and model.
- If you reach this limit, you cannot receive additional accounts. New accounts after passing a Challenge will be put on hold.
- Accounts are processed only when allocation opens up (e.g., an account breaches or is discontinued).
Section: What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
Important Note:
Maximum allocation limits are subject to periodic review and may be adjusted at FundedNext’s discretion.
After
TL;DR:
- Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation.
+ - There is no limit on Challenges you can purchase per month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
- FundedNext Accounts:
+ - An individual user may have up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at any time
+ - A household is also restricted to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at any time
+ - A maximum of 10 FundedNext Accounts may be issued to a user within a calendar month.
- You can mix & match account sizes ($25K, $50K, $100K. $150K) within these limits.
Note: A household is defined as family members or multiple users sharing the same address or IP.
FundedNext Futures allows traders to hold multiple accounts, but maximum allocation rules apply to ensure fair trading opportunities and risk management. These limits vary between Challenge Accounts and FundedNext Accounts, and traders can combine different account sizes as long as they remain within the allowed cap.
What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
Section: What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
+ - Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation at a time.
Note:
+ - You can purchase as many Challenges you want in a month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
+ - FundedNext Accounts: Each user/household at any given moment can now hold up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts simultaneously, regardless of individual account sizes.
How do the allocation limits work?
You can mix and match different account sizes when building your allocation. FundedNext Futures currently offers three sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
What is the allocation for the FundedNext Futures Challenges?
You may hold multiple Challenge Accounts with a combined allocation of up to $750,000.
Examples of allowed allocations:
- Five $150K Challenges→ $750K
- Four $100K + Two $50K Challenges→ $500K (within limit)
- Two $25K + Six $100K Challenges→ $650K (within limit)
What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
Once you pass your Challenge, FundedNext Accounts are provided under the FundedNext Account allocation limit.
Rules:
- You can hold up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at a time, regardless of the account size and model.
- If you reach this limit, you cannot receive additional accounts. New accounts after passing a Challenge will be put on hold.
- Accounts are processed only when allocation opens up (e.g., an account breaches or is discontinued).
Section: What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
+ - A maximum of 10 FundedNext Accounts will be issued to a user within a calendar month.
Important Note:
Maximum allocation limits are subject to periodic review and may be adjusted at FundedNext’s discretion.
TL;DR:
- Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation.
− - You can purchase up to 15 Challenges per month.
+ - There is no limit on Challenges you can purchase per month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
- FundedNext Accounts:
− - An individual user may have up to 5 FundedNext Accounts at any time
− - A household is also restricted to 5 FundedNext Accounts at any time
+ - An individual user may have up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at any time
+ - A household is also restricted to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at any time
+ - A maximum of 10 FundedNext Accounts may be issued to a user within a calendar month.
- You can mix & match account sizes ($25K, $50K, $100K. $150K) within these limits.
Note: A household is defined as family members or multiple users sharing the same address or IP.
FundedNext Futures allows traders to hold multiple accounts, but maximum allocation rules apply to ensure fair trading opportunities and risk management. These limits vary between Challenge Accounts and FundedNext Accounts, and traders can combine different account sizes as long as they remain within the allowed cap.
What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
Section: What are the maximum allocation limits for FundedNext Futures?
− - Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation
+ - Challenge Accounts: Up to $750,000 total allocation at a time.
Note:
− - You can purchase up to 15 Challenges per month.
+ - You can purchase as many Challenges you want in a month.
- Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation.
− - FundedNext Accounts: Each user/household at any given moment can now hold up to 5 FundedNext Accounts simultaneously, regardless of individual account sizes.
+ - FundedNext Accounts: Each user/household at any given moment can now hold up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts simultaneously, regardless of individual account sizes.
How do the allocation limits work?
You can mix and match different account sizes when building your allocation. FundedNext Futures currently offers three sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
What is the allocation for the FundedNext Futures Challenges?
You may hold multiple Challenge Accounts with a combined allocation of up to $750,000.
Examples of allowed allocations:
- Five $150K Challenges→ $750K
- Four $100K + Two $50K Challenges→ $500K (within limit)
- Two $25K + Six $100K Challenges→ $650K (within limit)
What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
Once you pass your Challenge, FundedNext Accounts are provided under the FundedNext Account allocation limit.
Rules:
- You can hold up to 5 active FundedNext Accounts at a time, regardless of the account size and model.
- If you reach this limit, you cannot receive additional accounts. New accounts after passing a Challenge will be put on hold.
- Accounts are processed only when allocation opens up (e.g., an account breaches or is discontinued).
Section: What is the allocation for the Futures FundedNext Accounts?
+ - A maximum of 10 FundedNext Accounts will be issued to a user within a calendar month.
Important Note:
Maximum allocation limits are subject to periodic review and may be adjusted at FundedNext’s discretion.
PremierFundedNext Futures · What are the reset conditions and fees at FundedNext Futures? | FundedNext Futures Help CenterRemoved statement that resets do not count toward the monthly 15-new-Challenge limit; removed one example of reset fee calculation.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− TLDR: At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenge Account at any time, even without breaching, to restart with a fresh Challenge at a lower cost than buying a new one. A reset restores the initial balance, clears trading metrics, and refreshes the loss limits. Reset fees depend on the Challenge model and size. Resets remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation and do not count toward the monthly 15-new-Challenge limit. If a challenge is breached, traders can reset at the reduced fee: after a maximum loss limit breach, trading can be resumed immediately once the reset is processed, while after a daily loss limit breach, trading resumes at the next trading session open at 5 PM CT.
At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenges at any time. This allows traders to start fresh, even if they haven’t breached their Challenge, and provides a cost-effective way to refine strategies. Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
What happens when I reset my account?
When you reset your Challenge, you will receive a new Challenge with everything starting from the beginning, as if you are beginning fresh:
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
- Example: If your $50K Flex Challenge originally cost $133.99, the offer price is $69.99, the reset fee is $77.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $149.99, the reset fee is $157.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro Challenge (with Add-On) originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $109.99, the reset fee is $117.99.
Section: How it works:
− Note: Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. Resets do not count toward your monthly limit of 15 new Challenges. To learn more about how many accounts you can hold with FundedNext Futures, please click here.
What are the Challenge reset rules?
If your account is breached due to a loss limit violation, you may reset the Challenge at a reduced cost. The timing for when you can resume trading depends on the type of breach:
- Maximum Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a maximum loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a daily loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
Example Scenario:
If you breach a limit and reset on May 1st:
- Max Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
Note: If any add-on is purchased with the account, then the price will be added to the reset fee.
Note:Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
After
+ TLDR: At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenge Account at any time, even without breaching, to restart with a fresh Challenge at a lower cost than buying a new one. A reset restores the initial balance, clears trading metrics, and refreshes the loss limits. Reset fees depend on the Challenge model and size. Resets remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. If a challenge is breached, traders can reset at the reduced fee: after a maximum loss limit breach, trading can be resumed immediately once the reset is processed, while after a daily loss limit breach, trading resumes at the next trading session open at 5 PM CT.
At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenges at any time. This allows traders to start fresh, even if they haven’t breached their Challenge, and provides a cost-effective way to refine strategies. Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
What happens when I reset my account?
When you reset your Challenge, you will receive a new Challenge with everything starting from the beginning, as if you are beginning fresh:
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
- Example: If your $50K Flex Challenge originally cost $133.99, the offer price is $69.99, the reset fee is $77.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $149.99, the reset fee is $157.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro Challenge (with Add-On) originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $109.99, the reset fee is $117.99.
Section: How it works:
+ Note: Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. To learn more about how many accounts you can hold with FundedNext Futures, please click here.
What are the Challenge reset rules?
If your account is breached due to a loss limit violation, you may reset the Challenge at a reduced cost. The timing for when you can resume trading depends on the type of breach:
- Maximum Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a maximum loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a daily loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
Example Scenario:
If you breach a limit and reset on May 1st:
- Max Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
Note: If any add-on is purchased with the account, then the price will be added to the reset fee.
Note:Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
− TLDR: At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenge Account at any time, even without breaching, to restart with a fresh Challenge at a lower cost than buying a new one. A reset restores the initial balance, clears trading metrics, and refreshes the loss limits. Reset fees depend on the Challenge model and size. Resets remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation and do not count toward the monthly 15-new-Challenge limit. If a challenge is breached, traders can reset at the reduced fee: after a maximum loss limit breach, trading can be resumed immediately once the reset is processed, while after a daily loss limit breach, trading resumes at the next trading session open at 5 PM CT.
+ TLDR: At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenge Account at any time, even without breaching, to restart with a fresh Challenge at a lower cost than buying a new one. A reset restores the initial balance, clears trading metrics, and refreshes the loss limits. Reset fees depend on the Challenge model and size. Resets remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. If a challenge is breached, traders can reset at the reduced fee: after a maximum loss limit breach, trading can be resumed immediately once the reset is processed, while after a daily loss limit breach, trading resumes at the next trading session open at 5 PM CT.
At FundedNext Futures, traders can reset their Challenges at any time. This allows traders to start fresh, even if they haven’t breached their Challenge, and provides a cost-effective way to refine strategies. Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
What happens when I reset my account?
When you reset your Challenge, you will receive a new Challenge with everything starting from the beginning, as if you are beginning fresh:
- Your balance returns to the initial amount.
- Your trading metrics are reset.
- Your loss limit is refreshed.
Note: If you had your previous Challenge connected to a trade copier or trading journal, that connection will no longer be active. You will need to reconnect using your New Account Name before you resume trading.
This applies to any third-party platform or tool that references your Tradovate Account Name.
Reset Fees for FundedNext Futures Challenge
Reset fees vary by Challenge type and size.
| Model | Current Price | Reset Price |
|---|---|---|
| Legacy 25K | $79.99 | $73.99 |
| Rapid Pro 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
|---|---|---|
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 25K | $59.99 | $64.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 50K | $109.99 | $134.99 |
| Rapid Pro with Add-On 100K | $199.99 | $249.99 |
| Rapid Daily 25K | $79.99 | $89.99 |
| Rapid Daily 50K | $169.99 | $189.99 |
| Rapid Daily 100K | $279.99 | $299.99 |
How it works:
- Example: If your $50K Legacy Challenge originally cost $149.99, the reset fee is $137.99.
- Example: If your $50K Flex Challenge originally cost $133.99, the offer price is $69.99, the reset fee is $77.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro and Daily Challenge originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $149.99, the reset fee is $157.99.
- Example: If your $50K Rapid Pro Challenge (with Add-On) originally cost $299.98, the offer price is $109.99, the reset fee is $117.99.
Section: How it works:
− Note: Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. Resets do not count toward your monthly limit of 15 new Challenges. To learn more about how many accounts you can hold with FundedNext Futures, please click here.
+ Note: Resets will remain unlimited up to the maximum allocation. To learn more about how many accounts you can hold with FundedNext Futures, please click here.
What are the Challenge reset rules?
If your account is breached due to a loss limit violation, you may reset the Challenge at a reduced cost. The timing for when you can resume trading depends on the type of breach:
- Maximum Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a maximum loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: If you reset after a daily loss breach, you can resume trading immediately once the reset is confirmed.
Example Scenario:
If you breach a limit and reset on May 1st:
- Max Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
- Daily Loss Limit Breach: You can start trading again on May 1st as soon as the reset is processed.
Note: If any add-on is purchased with the account, then the price will be added to the reset fee.
Note:Note: Effective 10 July 2026, Rapid and Bolt accounts will no longer be available for new purchases or account resets.
PremierTopstep · Topstep® Refund Policies | Topstep Help CenterAdded requirement to provide account number, card digits, charge date, and screenshots when requesting refunds from support.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
− Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
After
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
+ Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support. When contacting Trader Support for a refund, provide your Trading Combine or Express Funded Account Number, the last four digits of the charged card, the charge date, and any relevant screenshots or recordings.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
− Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support.
+ Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support. When contacting Trader Support for a refund, provide your Trading Combine or Express Funded Account Number, the last four digits of the charged card, the charge date, and any relevant screenshots or recordings.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
PremierTopstep · Topstep Holiday Trading Hours | Topstep Help CenterRemoved note that July 4, 2026 early close would be observed on Friday July 3.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| MLK Day | Mon Jan 19, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Jan 19 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Presidents' Day | Mon Feb 16, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Feb 16 |
| Good Friday | Fri Apr 3, 2026 | 08:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Apr 5 |
| Memorial Day | Mon May 25, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon May 25 |
Juneteenth | Fri Jun 19, 2026 | SIM: 11:45 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026Live: 11:10 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026 | 17:00 CT Sun Jun 21
| Independence Day | Fri Jul 3, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Jul 5 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Labor Day | Mon Sep 7, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Sep 7 |
| Thanksgiving | Thu Nov 26, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Thu Nov 26 |
| Day After Thanksgiving | Fri Nov 27, 2026 | 12:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Nov 29 |
| Christmas Eve | Thu Dec 24, 2026 | 12:00 CT | — |
| Christmas Day | Fri Dec 25, 2026 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Dec 27 |
| New Year's Day | Fri Jan 1, 2027 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Jan 3 |
− *July 4 falls on Saturday; early close observed on Friday July 3.
👉 Please note: Payouts are not available during holiday hours.
CME Protocol
What Is the CME Holiday Protocol?
On certain holidays, the CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange) operates on a shortened trading schedule. Rather than treating each calendar day as a separate trading session, the CME may blend multiple calendar days into a single trading day — meaning all profits, losses, and drawdowns accumulated across that window are counted together as one session.
Example: If a holiday falls on a Monday with reduced trading hours, the CME may treat the period from Sunday's market open through Tuesday's market close as a single trading day.
How Does a Blended Trade Date Affect Your Daily Loss Limit (DLL)?
This is an important distinction that can directly impact your ability to trade. Your DLL applies to the entire blended session — not each calendar day within it. Here's what that means in practice:
- If you hit your DLL during the abbreviated holiday session (e.g., Monday), your account will be locked for the remainder of that blended trading day — which may extend into Tuesday's session.
- Even though Tuesday feels like a brand new day, the platform will still consider you to be within the same trade date until the blended session officially closes.
- You would not be able to resume trading until the blended session ends and a new trade date begins.
Bottom line: On a blended trade date, hitting your DLL earlier in the session can prevent you from trading further into what you may think of as the "next" calendar day.
What If My Platform Does NOT Follow the CME Protocol?
After
| MLK Day | Mon Jan 19, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Jan 19 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Presidents' Day | Mon Feb 16, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Feb 16 |
| Good Friday | Fri Apr 3, 2026 | 08:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Apr 5 |
| Memorial Day | Mon May 25, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon May 25 |
Juneteenth | Fri Jun 19, 2026 | SIM: 11:45 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026Live: 11:10 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026 | 17:00 CT Sun Jun 21
| Independence Day | Fri Jul 3, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Jul 5 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Labor Day | Mon Sep 7, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Sep 7 |
| Thanksgiving | Thu Nov 26, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Thu Nov 26 |
| Day After Thanksgiving | Fri Nov 27, 2026 | 12:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Nov 29 |
| Christmas Eve | Thu Dec 24, 2026 | 12:00 CT | — |
| Christmas Day | Fri Dec 25, 2026 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Dec 27 |
| New Year's Day | Fri Jan 1, 2027 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Jan 3 |
👉 Please note: Payouts are not available during holiday hours.
CME Protocol
What Is the CME Holiday Protocol?
On certain holidays, the CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange) operates on a shortened trading schedule. Rather than treating each calendar day as a separate trading session, the CME may blend multiple calendar days into a single trading day — meaning all profits, losses, and drawdowns accumulated across that window are counted together as one session.
Example: If a holiday falls on a Monday with reduced trading hours, the CME may treat the period from Sunday's market open through Tuesday's market close as a single trading day.
How Does a Blended Trade Date Affect Your Daily Loss Limit (DLL)?
This is an important distinction that can directly impact your ability to trade. Your DLL applies to the entire blended session — not each calendar day within it. Here's what that means in practice:
- If you hit your DLL during the abbreviated holiday session (e.g., Monday), your account will be locked for the remainder of that blended trading day — which may extend into Tuesday's session.
- Even though Tuesday feels like a brand new day, the platform will still consider you to be within the same trade date until the blended session officially closes.
- You would not be able to resume trading until the blended session ends and a new trade date begins.
Bottom line: On a blended trade date, hitting your DLL earlier in the session can prevent you from trading further into what you may think of as the "next" calendar day.
What If My Platform Does NOT Follow the CME Protocol?
| MLK Day | Mon Jan 19, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Jan 19 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Presidents' Day | Mon Feb 16, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Feb 16 |
| Good Friday | Fri Apr 3, 2026 | 08:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Apr 5 |
| Memorial Day | Mon May 25, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon May 25 |
Juneteenth | Fri Jun 19, 2026 | SIM: 11:45 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026Live: 11:10 CT Fri Jun 19, 2026 | 17:00 CT Sun Jun 21
| Independence Day | Fri Jul 3, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Jul 5 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Labor Day | Mon Sep 7, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Mon Sep 7 |
| Thanksgiving | Thu Nov 26, 2026 | 11:45 CT | 17:00 CT Thu Nov 26 |
| Day After Thanksgiving | Fri Nov 27, 2026 | 12:00 CT | 17:00 CT Sun Nov 29 |
| Christmas Eve | Thu Dec 24, 2026 | 12:00 CT | — |
| Christmas Day | Fri Dec 25, 2026 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Dec 27 |
| New Year's Day | Fri Jan 1, 2027 | Markets closed | 17:00 CT Sun Jan 3 |
− *July 4 falls on Saturday; early close observed on Friday July 3.
👉 Please note: Payouts are not available during holiday hours.
CME Protocol
What Is the CME Holiday Protocol?
On certain holidays, the CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange) operates on a shortened trading schedule. Rather than treating each calendar day as a separate trading session, the CME may blend multiple calendar days into a single trading day — meaning all profits, losses, and drawdowns accumulated across that window are counted together as one session.
Example: If a holiday falls on a Monday with reduced trading hours, the CME may treat the period from Sunday's market open through Tuesday's market close as a single trading day.
How Does a Blended Trade Date Affect Your Daily Loss Limit (DLL)?
This is an important distinction that can directly impact your ability to trade. Your DLL applies to the entire blended session — not each calendar day within it. Here's what that means in practice:
- If you hit your DLL during the abbreviated holiday session (e.g., Monday), your account will be locked for the remainder of that blended trading day — which may extend into Tuesday's session.
- Even though Tuesday feels like a brand new day, the platform will still consider you to be within the same trade date until the blended session officially closes.
- You would not be able to resume trading until the blended session ends and a new trade date begins.
Bottom line: On a blended trade date, hitting your DLL earlier in the session can prevent you from trading further into what you may think of as the "next" calendar day.
What If My Platform Does NOT Follow the CME Protocol?
PremierTradeDay · Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout PolicyAdded $25K account tier with $100 minimum daily profit requirement and $750 payout cap to Fast Pass Funded Sim policy.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Section: Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
− Modified on Mon, 31 Aug at 10:46 AM
There is no buffer requirement for Fast Pass Funded Sim accounts. However, traders must meet the following conditions before requesting a payout and for subsequent payout requests.
Payout Eligibility Requirements
To qualify for a payout, the account must meet all of the following conditions:
- The minimum payout request amount is $250
- The account balance must be above the starting account balance
- The account must show a net profit since the previous payout request
- The trader must complete a minimum of 5 individual profitable trading days (days do not need to be consecutive)
- For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective.
- There will be an 80/20 profit split.
Important: Once you submit a payout request, do not resume trading until you have received your payout. Your next Day 1 begins at the start of the following trading session, not the session in which the payout was received. For example: if you request a payout on Wednesday at 7 PM CT and receive it on Thursday at 3 AM CT, that Thursday morning falls within the Thursday session (5 PM CT Wednesday – 4 PM CT Thursday). Day 1 of your new cycle does not begin until the Friday session opens at 5 PM CT Thursday, with that day counting once it closes at 4 PM CT Friday. For payouts processed on a Saturday, Day 1 of your new cycle is the Monday session, which runs from 5 PM CT Sunday to 4 PM CT Monday.
Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
Each profitable trading day must meet the following minimum profit amount based on account size:
Section: Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
- $50K Account: 5 days with at least $150 profit per day
- $100K Account: 5 days with at least $200 profit per day
- $150K Account: 5 days with at least $250 profit per day
Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) Adjustment
On the first payout request, if the Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) has not yet reached the starting account balance, it will automatically move up to the starting account balance and remain fixed there moving forward.
Consistency Requirement
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective: no single day can make up more than 45% of your total gross profits (gross profits being current profits + payouts)
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, there is no consistency objective in the Funded Sim account.
Payout Limits
Payout requests are limited to a maximum of 50% of the account balance and are also capped based on account tier:
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
Section: Payout Limits
- $1,500 on a 50K,
- $1,850 on a 100K
- $2,250 on a 150K.
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
- $2,000 on a 50K,
- $2,500 on a 100K
- $3,000 on a 150K.
Payout example on $50k FS account (for accounts opened before July 26 2026):
First Payout
Current balance after trading, making profits: $6,000 ($56k)
✅ Five full winning days of $150+
✅ Balance above starting account balance
After
- Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Section: Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
+ Modified on Tue, 1 Sep at 6:47 AM
There is no buffer requirement for Fast Pass Funded Sim accounts. However, traders must meet the following conditions before requesting a payout and for subsequent payout requests.
Payout Eligibility Requirements
To qualify for a payout, the account must meet all of the following conditions:
- The minimum payout request amount is $250
- The account balance must be above the starting account balance
- The account must show a net profit since the previous payout request
- The trader must complete a minimum of 5 individual profitable trading days (days do not need to be consecutive)
- For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective.
- There will be an 80/20 profit split.
Important: Once you submit a payout request, do not resume trading until you have received your payout. Your next Day 1 begins at the start of the following trading session, not the session in which the payout was received. For example: if you request a payout on Wednesday at 7 PM CT and receive it on Thursday at 3 AM CT, that Thursday morning falls within the Thursday session (5 PM CT Wednesday – 4 PM CT Thursday). Day 1 of your new cycle does not begin until the Friday session opens at 5 PM CT Thursday, with that day counting once it closes at 4 PM CT Friday. For payouts processed on a Saturday, Day 1 of your new cycle is the Monday session, which runs from 5 PM CT Sunday to 4 PM CT Monday.
Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
Each profitable trading day must meet the following minimum profit amount based on account size:
Section: Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
+ - $25K Account: 5 days with at least $100 profit per day
- $50K Account: 5 days with at least $150 profit per day
- $100K Account: 5 days with at least $200 profit per day
- $150K Account: 5 days with at least $250 profit per day
Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) Adjustment
On the first payout request, if the Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) has not yet reached the starting account balance, it will automatically move up to the starting account balance and remain fixed there moving forward.
Consistency Requirement
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective: no single day can make up more than 45% of your total gross profits (gross profits being current profits + payouts)
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, there is no consistency objective in the Funded Sim account.
Payout Limits
Payout requests are limited to a maximum of 50% of the account balance and are also capped based on account tier:
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
Section: Payout Limits
+ - $750 on a 25K
- $1,500 on a 50K,
- $1,850 on a 100K
- $2,250 on a 150K.
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
- $2,000 on a 50K,
- $2,500 on a 100K
- $3,000 on a 150K.
Payout example on $50k FS account (for accounts opened before July 26 2026):
First Payout
Current balance after trading, making profits: $6,000 ($56k)
✅ Five full winning days of $150+
✅ Balance above starting account balance
- Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Recent Searches
No recent searches
Popular Articles
Articles
View all
Topics
View all
Tickets
View all
Sorry! nothing found for
Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
Section: Fast Pass Funded Sim Payout Policy
− Modified on Mon, 31 Aug at 10:46 AM
+ Modified on Tue, 1 Sep at 6:47 AM
There is no buffer requirement for Fast Pass Funded Sim accounts. However, traders must meet the following conditions before requesting a payout and for subsequent payout requests.
Payout Eligibility Requirements
To qualify for a payout, the account must meet all of the following conditions:
- The minimum payout request amount is $250
- The account balance must be above the starting account balance
- The account must show a net profit since the previous payout request
- The trader must complete a minimum of 5 individual profitable trading days (days do not need to be consecutive)
- For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective.
- There will be an 80/20 profit split.
Important: Once you submit a payout request, do not resume trading until you have received your payout. Your next Day 1 begins at the start of the following trading session, not the session in which the payout was received. For example: if you request a payout on Wednesday at 7 PM CT and receive it on Thursday at 3 AM CT, that Thursday morning falls within the Thursday session (5 PM CT Wednesday – 4 PM CT Thursday). Day 1 of your new cycle does not begin until the Friday session opens at 5 PM CT Thursday, with that day counting once it closes at 4 PM CT Friday. For payouts processed on a Saturday, Day 1 of your new cycle is the Monday session, which runs from 5 PM CT Sunday to 4 PM CT Monday.
Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
Each profitable trading day must meet the following minimum profit amount based on account size:
Section: Minimum Profitable Day Requirements
+ - $25K Account: 5 days with at least $100 profit per day
- $50K Account: 5 days with at least $150 profit per day
- $100K Account: 5 days with at least $200 profit per day
- $150K Account: 5 days with at least $250 profit per day
Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) Adjustment
On the first payout request, if the Trailing Maximum Drawdown (TMD) has not yet reached the starting account balance, it will automatically move up to the starting account balance and remain fixed there moving forward.
Consistency Requirement
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, accounts must satisfy the consistency objective: no single day can make up more than 45% of your total gross profits (gross profits being current profits + payouts)
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, there is no consistency objective in the Funded Sim account.
Payout Limits
Payout requests are limited to a maximum of 50% of the account balance and are also capped based on account tier:
For accounts opened on and after July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
Section: Payout Limits
+ - $750 on a 25K
- $1,500 on a 50K,
- $1,850 on a 100K
- $2,250 on a 150K.
For accounts opened before July 26 2026, the payout caps are as below:
- $2,000 on a 50K,
- $2,500 on a 100K
- $3,000 on a 150K.
Payout example on $50k FS account (for accounts opened before July 26 2026):
First Payout
Current balance after trading, making profits: $6,000 ($56k)
✅ Five full winning days of $150+
✅ Balance above starting account balance
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremierDayTraders.comPremierE8 MarketsPremier
FTMO FuturesPremierFundedNext FuturesPremierIQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremierMyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremierTopstepPremierTradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted